Location via proxy:   [ UP ]  
[Report a bug]   [Manage cookies]                
Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 297

BODY

BODY, LOCK & SECURITY SYSTEM


SECTION BL B

E
CONTENTS
SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 4 Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ..................35 F
Work Flow ................................................................35
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 4 CONSULT-III Function (BCM) .................................36
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart ..........................37 G
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit ..................37
SIONER" ................................................................... 4 Door Switch Check (Hatchback) ..............................37
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rota- Door Switch Check (Sedan) ....................................40
H
tion After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 4 Key Switch (Insert) Check .......................................41
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...... 5 Door Lock and Unlock Switch Check ......................42
Precaution for Work .................................................. 5 Front Door Lock Assembly LH (Actuator) Check ....45
Door Lock Actuator Check (Front RH and Rear BL
PREPARATION ................................................... 6 LH/RH) .....................................................................46
Special Service Tool ................................................. 6 Front Door Key Cylinder Switch LH Check ..............47
Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 6 Passenger Select Unlock Relay Circuit Inspection J
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAG- (With Intelligent Key) ...............................................48
NOSES ................................................................ 7 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM ............. 51
Work Flow ................................................................. 7 Component Parts and Harness Connector Loca- K
Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting ............ 9 tion ...........................................................................51
Diagnostic Worksheet ............................................. 11 System Description ..................................................51
CAN Communication System Description ...............53 L
HOOD .................................................................13
Schematic ................................................................54
Fitting Adjustment ................................................... 13
Wiring Diagram - KEYLES - ....................................55
Removal and Installation ......................................... 14
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ..................57 M
Removal and Installation of Hood Lock Control ...... 15
How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis ..........................57
Hood Lock Control Inspection ................................. 17
Preliminary Check ...................................................58
RADIATOR CORE SUPPORT ...........................19 CONSULT-III Function (BCM) .................................58
Work Flow ................................................................59 N
Removal and Installation ......................................... 19
Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart ..........................60
FRONT FENDER ................................................21 Keyfob Battery and Function Check ........................61
Removal and Installation ......................................... 21 ACC Switch Check ..................................................62 O
Door Switch Check (Hatchback) ..............................62
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM ........................22 Door Switch Check (Sedan) ....................................65
Component Parts and Harness Connector Loca- Key Switch (Insert) Check .......................................66 P
tion .......................................................................... 22 Hazard Function Check ...........................................67
System Description ................................................. 22 Horn Function Check ...............................................67
CAN Communication System Description ............... 24 Interior Lamp and Ignition Keyhole Illumination
Schematic ............................................................... 25 Function Check ........................................................68
Wiring Diagram - D/LOCK - ..................................... 26 Remote Keyless Entry Receiver Check ...................68
Schematic ............................................................... 30 Keyfob Function (Lock) Check ................................71
Wiring Diagram - D/LOCK - ..................................... 31 Keyfob Function (Unlock) Check .............................71

Revision: May 2007 BL-1 2008 Versa


ID Code Entry Procedure ....................................... 71 DOOR ............................................................... 144
Keyfob Battery Replacement .................................. 73 Fitting Adjustment ................................................. 144
Removal and Installation of Remote Keyless Entry Removal and Installation ....................................... 147
Receiver ................................................................. 73
FRONT DOOR LOCK ....................................... 150
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM ............................ 74 Component Parts Location ................................... 150
Component Parts and Harness Connector Loca- Removal and Installation ....................................... 150
tion .......................................................................... 74
System Description ................................................. 76 REAR DOOR LOCK ......................................... 153
CAN Communication System Description .............. 83 Component Parts Location ................................... 153
Schematic ............................................................... 84 Removal and Installation ....................................... 153
Wiring Diagram - I/KEY - ........................................ 86
Intelligent Key Unit Harness Connector Terminal
BACK DOOR LOCK ......................................... 156
Layout ..................................................................... 96 Component Parts and Harness Connector Loca-
tion ........................................................................ 156
Terminal and Reference Value for Intelligent Key
Unit ......................................................................... 96 System Description ............................................... 156
Wiring Diagram - B/DOOR - .................................. 157
Steering Lock Solenoid Harness Connector Ter-
minal Layout ........................................................... 98 Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ............... 158
Terminal and Reference Value for Intelligent Key
Terminal and Reference Value for Steering Lock
Unit ........................................................................ 158
Solenoid .................................................................. 98
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ................. 99 CONSULT-III Function (BCM) .............................. 159
Trouble Diagnosis Procedure ................................. 99 Work Flow ............................................................. 159
CONSULT-III Functions (INTELLIGENT KEY) ......100 Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom .................. 159
CONSULT-III Application Item ...............................101 BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit ................ 160
Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart ........................103 Check Back Door Opener Switch Circuit (Without
Intelligent Key or Power Windows) ....................... 160
CAN Communication System Inspection ...............109
Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection ........110 Check Back Door Opener Switch Circuit (Without
Intelligent Key, with Power Windows) ................... 162
Key Switch (Intelligent Key Unit Input) Check .......110
Key Switch (BCM Input) Check .............................112 Check Back Door Opener Switch Circuit (With In-
telligent Key) ......................................................... 165
Ignition Knob Switch Check ...................................113
Door Switch Check (Hatchback) ............................114 Check Back Door Lock Assembly (Actuator) Cir-
cuit ........................................................................ 166
Door Switch Check (Sedan) ..................................117
Door Request Switch Check ..................................118 Removal and Installation ....................................... 168
Back Door Request Switch Check (Hatchback) ....120 TRUNK LID ....................................................... 170
Trunk Opener Request Switch Check (Sedan) .....122 Fitting Adjustment ................................................. 170
Unlock Sensor Check ............................................124 Trunk Lid Assembly .............................................. 170
Intelligent Key Warning Buzzer(s) Check ..............125 Trunk Lid Lock ...................................................... 171
Outside Key Antenna (Driver Side and Passenger Trunk Lid Striker .................................................... 171
Side) Check ...........................................................126
Outside Key Antenna (Rear Bumper) Check .........128 TRUNK LID OPENER ....................................... 173
Inside Key Antenna Check ....................................129 Component Parts and Harness Connector Loca-
Steering Lock Solenoid Check ..............................131 tion ........................................................................ 173
Key Interlock Solenoid (With M/T) Check ..............133 System Description ............................................... 173
Ignition Switch Position Check ..............................134 Wiring Diagram - TLID - ........................................ 174
Stop Lamp Switch Check (With CVT) ....................134 Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ............... 175
Stop Lamp Switch Check (With M/T) .....................135 Terminal and Reference Value for Intelligent Key
Check CVT Device (Park Position Switch) Check..136 Unit ........................................................................ 175
"P-SHIFT" Warning Lamp (With CVT) Check ........138 CONSULT-III Function (BCM) .............................. 176
"LOCK" Warning Lamp (With M/T) Check .............138 Work Flow ............................................................. 176
"KEY" Warning Lamp (RED) Check ......................139 Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom .................. 176
"KEY" Warning Lamp (GREEN) Check .................139 BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit ................ 177
Check Warning Chime in Combination Meter ........140 Check Trunk Lid Opener Switch Circuit (Without
Hazard Function Check .........................................140 Intelligent Key or Power Windows) ....................... 177
Horn Function Check .............................................140 Check Trunk Lid Opener Switch Circuit (Without
Headlamp Function Check ....................................141 Intelligent Key, with Power Windows) ................... 179
Intelligent Key Battery Replacement .....................142 Check Trunk Lid Opener Switch Circuit (With Intel-
Remote Keyless Entry Function ............................142 ligent Key) ............................................................. 182
Removal and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit ....142 Check Trunk Release Solenoid Circuit ................. 183

Revision: May 2007 BL-2 2008 Versa


FUEL FILLER LID OPENER ............................ 186 Component Parts and Harness Connector Loca-
Removal and Installation of Fuel Filler Lid Opener.. 186 tion ......................................................................... 210 A
System Description ................................................ 210
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) System Composition .............................................. 211
SYSTEM ........................................................... 187 ECM Re-communicating Function ......................... 211 B
Component Parts and Harness Connector Loca- Wiring Diagram - NATS - ....................................... 213
tion ........................................................................ 187 Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ................ 213
System Description ............................................... 188 CONSULT-III Function .......................................... 213
CAN Communication System Description ............. 190 Trouble Diagnosis Procedure ................................ 215 C
Schematic ............................................................. 191 Trouble Diagnosis .................................................. 217
Wiring Diagram - VEHSEC - ................................. 192 Diagnosis Procedure 1 .......................................... 218
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ............... 195 Diagnosis Procedure 2 .......................................... 220 D
Terminal and Reference Value for Intelligent Key Diagnosis Procedure 3 .......................................... 221
Unit ........................................................................ 195 Diagnosis Procedure 4 .......................................... 222
CONSULT-III Function (BCM) ............................... 196 Diagnosis Procedure 5 .......................................... 223 E
Trouble Diagnosis ................................................. 197 How to Replace NATS Antenna Amp .................... 224
Preliminary Check ................................................. 197
Symptom Chart ..................................................... 199 BODY REPAIR ................................................ 225
Diagnosis Procedure 1 .......................................... 200 Body Exterior Paint Color ...................................... 225 F
Diagnosis Procedure 2 .......................................... 203 Body Component Parts ......................................... 227
Diagnosis Procedure 3 .......................................... 204 Corrosion Protection .............................................. 232
Diagnosis Procedure 4 .......................................... 204 Body Sealing ......................................................... 236 G
Diagnosis Procedure 5 .......................................... 204 Body Construction ................................................. 242
Diagnosis Procedure 6 .......................................... 204 Body Alignment ..................................................... 244
Diagnosis Procedure 7 .......................................... 204 Handling Precaution for Plastics ............................ 261
H
Diagnosis Procedure 8 .......................................... 206 Precaution in Repairing High Strength Steel ......... 265
Diagnosis Procedure 9 .......................................... 207 Foam Repair .......................................................... 268
Replacement Operation ......................................... 271
NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System) ................. 210 BL

Revision: May 2007 BL-3 2008 Versa


PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SERVICE INFORMATION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000001703938

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Man-
ual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000001703939

NOTE:
• This procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NVIS/IVIS (NISSAN/INFINITI
VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM - NATS).
• Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition in the ″LOCK″
position.
• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results.
For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NVIS/IVIS, an electrically controlled steering lock
mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder.
For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
steering wheel rotation will become impossible.
If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before
starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
2. Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the
steering lock will be released.
3. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be
rotated.
4. Perform the necessary repair operation.
5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting
the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.)
6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.

Revision: May 2007 BL-4 2008 Versa


PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000001703940

A
When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield.
B

D
PIIB3706J

Precaution for Work INFOID:0000000001703941


E
• After removing and installing the opening/closing parts, be sure to carry out fitting adjustments to check their
operation.
• Check the lubrication level, damage, and wear of each part. If necessary, grease or replace it. F

BL

Revision: May 2007 BL-5 2008 Versa


PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000001703942

Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.) Description
Tool name
— Locating the noise
(J-39570)
Chassis ear

SIIA0993E

— Repairing the cause of noise


(J-43980)
NISSAN Squeak and Rat-
tle Kit

SIIA0994E

— Used to test key fobs


(J-43241)
Remote Keyless Entry
Tester

LEL946A

Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000001703943

Tool name Description

Engine ear Locating the noise

SIIA0995E

Revision: May 2007 BL-6 2008 Versa


SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
A
Work Flow INFOID:0000000001703944

SBT842

G
CUSTOMER INTERVIEW
Interview the customer if possible, to determine the conditions that exist when the noise occurs. Use the Diag-
nostic Worksheet during the interview to document the facts and conditions when the noise occurs and any H
customer's comments; refer to BL-11, "Diagnostic Worksheet". This information is necessary to duplicate the
conditions that exist when the noise occurs.
• The customer may not be able to provide a detailed description or the location of the noise. Attempt to obtain
all the facts and conditions that exist when the noise occurs (or does not occur). BL
• If there is more than one noise in the vehicle, be sure to diagnose and repair the noise that the customer is
concerned about. This can be accomplished by test driving the vehicle with the customer.
• After identifying the type of noise, isolate the noise in terms of its characteristics. The noise characteristics J
are provided so the customer, service adviser and technician are all speaking the same language when
defining the noise.
• Squeak —(Like tennis shoes on a clean floor)
K
Squeak characteristics include the light contact/fast movement/brought on by road conditions/hard surfaces
= higher pitch noise/softer surfaces = lower pitch noises/edge to surface = chirping.
• Creak—(Like walking on an old wooden floor)
Creak characteristics include firm contact/slow movement/twisting with a rotational movement/pitch depen- L
dent on materials/often brought on by activity.
• Rattle—(Like shaking a baby rattle)
Rattle characteristics include the fast repeated contact/vibration or similar movement/loose parts/missing M
clip or fastener/incorrect clearance.
• Knock —(Like a knock on a door)
Knock characteristics include hollow sounding/sometimes repeating/often brought on by driver action.
• Tick—(Like a clock second hand) N
Tick characteristics include gentle contacting of light materials/loose components/can be caused by driver
action or road conditions.
• Thump—(Heavy, muffled knock noise) O
Thump characteristics include softer knock/dead sound often brought on by activity.
• Buzz—(Like a bumble bee)
Buzz characteristics include high frequency rattle/firm contact.
• Often the degree of acceptable noise level will vary depending upon the person. A noise that you may judge P
as acceptable may be very irritating to the customer.
• Weather conditions, especially humidity and temperature, may have a great effect on noise level.
DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE
If possible, drive the vehicle with the customer until the noise is duplicated. Note any additional information on
the Diagnostic Worksheet regarding the conditions or location of the noise. This information can be used to
duplicate the same conditions when you confirm the repair.

Revision: May 2007 BL-7 2008 Versa


SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
If the noise can be duplicated easily during the test drive, to help identify the source of the noise, try to dupli-
cate the noise with the vehicle stopped by doing one or all of the following:
1) Close a door.
2) Tap or push/pull around the area where the noise appears to be coming from.
3) Rev the engine.
4) Use a floor jack to recreate vehicle “twist”.
5) At idle, apply engine load (electrical load, half-clutch on M/T model, drive position on A/T model).
6) Raise the vehicle on a hoist and hit a tire with a rubber hammer.
• Drive the vehicle and attempt to duplicate the conditions the customer states exist when the noise occurs.
• If it is difficult to duplicate the noise, drive the vehicle slowly on an undulating or rough road to stress the
vehicle body.
CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS
After verifying the customer concern or symptom, check ASIST for Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) related
to that concern or symptom.
If a TSB relates to the symptom, follow the procedure to repair the noise.
LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE
1. Narrow down the noise to a general area.To help pinpoint the source of the noise, use a listening tool
(Chassis Ear: J-39570, Engine Ear: J-39565 and mechanic's stethoscope).
2. Narrow down the noise to a more specific area and identify the cause of the noise by:
• removing the components in the area that you suspect the noise is coming from.
Do not use too much force when removing clips and fasteners, otherwise clips and fasteners can be broken
or lost during the repair, resulting in the creation of new noise.
• tapping or pushing/pulling the component that you suspect is causing the noise.
Do not tap or push/pull the component with excessive force, otherwise the noise will be eliminated only tem-
porarily.
• feeling for a vibration with your hand by touching the component(s) that you suspect is (are) causing the
noise.
• placing a piece of paper between components that you suspect are causing the noise.
• looking for loose components and contact marks.
Refer to BL-9, "Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting".
REPAIR THE CAUSE
• If the cause is a loose component, tighten the component securely.
• If the cause is insufficient clearance between components:
- separate components by repositioning or loosening and retightening the component, if possible.
- insulate components with a suitable insulator such as urethane pads, foam blocks, felt cloth tape or urethane
tape. A NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980) is available through your authorized NISSAN Parts Depart-
ment.
CAUTION:
Do not use excessive force as many components are constructed of plastic and may be damaged.
Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
The following materials are contained in the NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980). Each item can be
ordered separately as needed.
URETHANE PADS [1.5 mm (0.059 in) thick]
Insulates connectors, harness, etc.
76268-9E005: 100×135 mm (3.94×5.31 in)/76884-71L01: 60×85 mm (2.36×3.35 in)/76884-71L02: 15×25
mm (0.59×0.98 in)
INSULATOR (Foam blocks)
Insulates components from contact. Can be used to fill space behind a panel.
73982-9E000: 45 mm (1.77 in) thick, 50×50 mm (1.97×1.97 in)/73982-50Y00: 10 mm (0.39 in) thick,
50×50 mm (1.97×1.97 in)
INSULATOR (Light foam block)
80845-71L00: 30 mm (1.18 in) thick, 30×50 mm (1.18×1.97 in)
FELT CLOTH TAPE
Used to insulate where movement does not occur. Ideal for instrument panel applications.
68370-4B000: 15×25 mm (0.59×0.98 in) pad/68239-13E00: 5 mm (0.20 in) wide tape roll. The following
materials not found in the kit can also be used to repair squeaks and rattles.
UHMW (TEFLON) TAPE
Insulates where slight movement is present. Ideal for instrument panel applications.

Revision: May 2007 BL-8 2008 Versa


SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SILICONE GREASE
Used instead of UHMW tape that will be visible or not fit. A
Note: Will only last a few months.
SILICONE SPRAY
Use when grease cannot be applied.
B
DUCT TAPE
Use to eliminate movement.
CONFIRM THE REPAIR C
Confirm that the cause of a noise is repaired by test driving the vehicle. Operate the vehicle under the same
conditions as when the noise originally occurred. Refer to the notes on the Diagnostic Worksheet.
Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting INFOID:0000000001703945 D

Refer to Table of Contents for specific component removal and installation information.
INSTRUMENT PANEL E
Most incidents are caused by contact and movement between:
1. The cluster lid A and instrument panel
2. Acrylic lens and combination meter housing F
3. Instrument panel to front pillar garnish
4. Instrument panel to windshield
G
5. Instrument panel mounting pins
6. Wiring harnesses behind the combination meter
7. A/C defroster duct and duct joint H
These incidents can usually be located by tapping or moving the components to duplicate the noise or by
pressing on the components while driving to stop the noise. Most of these incidents can be repaired by apply-
ing felt cloth tape or silicone spray (in hard to reach areas). Urethane pads can be used to insulate wiring har-
BL
ness.
CAUTION:
Do not use silicone spray to isolate a squeak or rattle. If you saturate the area with silicone, you will
not be able to recheck the repair. J
CENTER CONSOLE
Components to pay attention to include:
K
1. Shifter assembly cover to finisher
2. A/C control unit and cluster lid C
3. Wiring harnesses behind audio and A/C control unit L
The instrument panel repair and isolation procedures also apply to the center console.
DOORS
Pay attention to the: M
1. Finisher and inner panel making a slapping noise
2. Inside handle escutcheon to door finisher
3. Wiring harnesses tapping N
4. Door striker out of alignment causing a popping noise on starts and stops
Tapping or moving the components or pressing on them while driving to duplicate the conditions can isolate
many of these incidents. You can usually insulate the areas with felt cloth tape or insulator foam blocks from O
the NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980) to repair the noise.
TRUNK P
Trunk noises are often caused by a loose jack or loose items put into the trunk by the owner.
In addition look for:
1. Trunk lid bumpers out of adjustment
2. Trunk lid striker out of adjustment
3. The trunk lid torsion bars knocking together
4. A loose license plate or bracket

Revision: May 2007 BL-9 2008 Versa


SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Most of these incidents can be repaired by adjusting, securing or insulating the item(s) or component(s) caus-
ing the noise.
SUNROOF/HEADLINING
Noises in the sunroof/headlining area can often be traced to one of the following:
1. Sunroof lid, rail, linkage or seals making a rattle or light knocking noise
2. Sun visor shaft shaking in the holder
3. Front or rear windshield touching headliner and squeaking
Again, pressing on the components to stop the noise while duplicating the conditions can isolate most of these
incidents. Repairs usually consist of insulating with felt cloth tape.
OVERHEAD CONSOLE (FRONT AND REAR)
Overhead console noises are often caused by the console panel clips not being engaged correctly. Most of
these incidents are repaired by pushing up on the console at the clip locations until the clips engage.
In addition look for:
1. Loose harness or harness connectors.
2. Front console map/reading lamp lense loose.
3. Loose screws at console attachment points.
SEATS
When isolating seat noise it's important to note the position the seat is in and the load placed on the seat when
the noise is present. These conditions should be duplicated when verifying and isolating the cause of the
noise.
Cause of seat noise include:
1. Headrest rods and holder
2. A squeak between the seat pad cushion and frame
3. The rear seatback lock and bracket
These noises can be isolated by moving or pressing on the suspected components while duplicating the con-
ditions under which the noise occurs. Most of these incidents can be repaired by repositioning the component
or applying urethane tape to the contact area.
UNDERHOOD
Some interior noise may be caused by components under the hood or on the engine wall. The noise is then
transmitted into the passenger compartment.
Causes of transmitted underhood noise include:
1. Any component mounted to the engine wall
2. Components that pass through the engine wall
3. Engine wall mounts and connectors
4. Loose radiator mounting pins
5. Hood bumpers out of adjustment
6. Hood striker out of adjustment
These noises can be difficult to isolate since they cannot be reached from the interior of the vehicle. The best
method is to secure, move or insulate one component at a time and test drive the vehicle. Also, engine RPM
or load can be changed to isolate the noise. Repairs can usually be made by moving, adjusting, securing, or
insulating the component causing the noise.

Revision: May 2007 BL-10 2008 Versa


SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Diagnostic Worksheet INFOID:0000000001703946

BL

LAIA0072E
P

Revision: May 2007 BL-11 2008 Versa


SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

LAIA0071E

Revision: May 2007 BL-12 2008 Versa


HOOD
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
HOOD
A
Fitting Adjustment INFOID:0000000001703947

PIIB6508E
BL

FRONT END HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT AND LATERAL/LONGITUDINAL CLEARANCE ADJUST-


MENT J
1. Remove the front grille. Refer to EI-20.
2. Remove hood lock. Rotate bumper rubber to adjust height until
hood becomes 1.0 to 1.5 mm lower than the fender. K
3. Position hood lock and engage striker. Check hood lock and
striker for looseness. Tighten lock bolts to the specified torque.
4. Install the front grille. Refer to EI-20. L
CAUTION:
Adjust the clearance between hood and other parts so that the
dimensional difference left and right is as follows. M

Hood and headlamp (B - B) : Less than 2.0 mm (0.08 in)


PIIB2526J
Hood and fender (C - C) : Less than 1.5 mm (0.06 in) N
Hood and fender (D - D) : Less than 1.5 mm (0.06 in)

SURFACE MISMATCH ADJUSTMENT


O
1. Remove the front grille. Refer to EI-20.
2. Release hood lock, and adjust surface level difference of hood, fender, and headlamp according to the fit-
ting standard dimension, using RH and LH bumper rubbers.
P

Hood and front bumper (A - A) : -1.3 - 2.7 mm (-0.05 - 0.11 in)


Hood and fender (D - D) : -0.4 - 1.7 mm (-0.16 - 0.07 in)
3. Install and align the hood lock until the center of the striker and the hood lock are vertically aligned.
4. Press the hood lightly with [approx. 29 N (3 kg] of force and adjust A and B as shown.

Revision: May 2007 BL-13 2008 Versa


HOOD
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

PIIB5794E

1. Hood striker 2. Primary latch 3. Secondary striker


4. Secondary latch

A : 20 mm (0.79 in)
B : 6.8 mm (0.268 in) min.

5. After adjustment tighten lock bolts to the specified torque.


6. Install the front grille. Refer to EI-20.
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001703948

PIIB2528J

1. Hood hinge 2. Hood stay 3. Radiator core seal rubber


4. Hood assembly 5. Hood insulator 6. Hood stay holder

HOOD ASSEMBLY
Removal
1. Remove hinge nuts on hood and remove hood assembly.
CAUTION:
Two technicians should be used to avoid damaging the
hood during removal.

12.7 N·m (1.3 kg-m, 9.4 ft-lb)

PIIB2529J

Revision: May 2007 BL-14 2008 Versa


HOOD
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal. A
CAUTION:
• Before installing hood hinge, apply anticorrosive agent onto the surfaces that make contact with the
vehicle body.
B
• After installing, perform hood fitting adjustment. Refer to BL-13, "Fitting Adjustment".
HOOD HINGE
Removal C
1. Remove hood assembly. Refer to "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove front fender. Refer to BL-21, "Removal and Installation".
D
3. Remove bolts and the hood hinge.

12.7 N·m (1.3 kg-m, 9.4 ft-lb) E

G
PIIB2530J

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal. H
Removal and Installation of Hood Lock Control INFOID:0000000001703949

BL

N
PIIB6509E

1. Hood lock 2. Hood lock cable 3. Hood ledge upper front


O
4. Clip

REMOVAL
P
Hood Lock
1. Remove front grille (LH). Refer to EI-20, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove hood lock bolts.

23.6 N·m (2.4 kg-m, 17 ft-lb)


3. Remove hood lock from hood lock cable.

Revision: May 2007 BL-15 2008 Versa


HOOD
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Hood Lock Reinforcement
1. Remove front bumper. Refer to EI-14, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove crash zone sensor. Refer to SRS-41, "Removal and Installation".
3. Remove bolts, and the hood lock reinforcement.

23.6 N·m (2.4 kg-m, 17 ft-lb)

PIIB6511E

Hood Lock Cable


1. Remove front grille (LH/RH). Refer to EI-20, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove fender protector (LH). Refer to EI-23, "Component".
3. Remove hood lock, and remove hood lock cable from hood lock.
4. Remove radiator core upper support, hood ledge, and then remove hood lock cable.
5. Remove hood opener on bottom left of instrument panel, and
then remove hood lock cable.
6. Remove grommet on lower dashboard, and pull out hood lock
cable from passenger room side.
CAUTION:
While pulling the cable, be careful not to damage (peel)
hood opener cable outer surface on edges of body through
hole.

LIIA2667E

INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• Perform hood fitting adjustment. Refer to BL-13, "Fitting Adjustment".
Hood Lock Reinforcement
When installing hood lock reinforcement, loosen hood bolts, and
then tighten bolts in the order as shown.

23.6 N·m (2.4 kg-m, 17 ft-lb)

PIIB6513E

Hood Lock Cable


1. Pull the hood lock cable through the panel hole to the engine compartment.
CAUTION:

Revision: May 2007 BL-16 2008 Versa


HOOD
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Be careful not to bend the cable too much, keeping the
radius 100 mm (3.94 in) or more. A
2. Check that the cable is not offset from the positioning grommet,
and push the grommet into the panel hole securely.
3. Apply the sealant around the grommet (at * mark). B

PIIB5801E

D
4. Install cable securely to lock.
5. After installing, check hood lock adjustment and hood opener
operation. E

G
PIIB6537E

Hood Lock Control Inspection INFOID:0000000001703950


H
CAUTION:
If the hood lock cable is bent or deformed, replace it.
1. Check that the secondary latch is properly engaged with the secondary striker (B: 6.8 mm (0.268 in) with BL
hood's own weight.

PIIB5794E

M
1. Hood striker 2. Primary latch 3. Secondary striker
4. Secondary latch

2. While operating the hood release handle, carefully check that the front end of the hood is raised by N
approx. 20 mm (0.79 in). Also check that the hood release handle returns to the original position.
3. Check that the secondary hood release operates at 29.4 N (3.0 kg) or below.
4. Confirm static closing force of the hood is 343 – 441 N·m (35 – 44 kg-m). O

Revision: May 2007 BL-17 2008 Versa


HOOD
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. Check the hood lock lubrication condition. If necessary, apply
“body grease” to the points as shown.

PIIB6514E

Revision: May 2007 BL-18 2008 Versa


RADIATOR CORE SUPPORT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
RADIATOR CORE SUPPORT
A
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001703951

PIIB6515E

G
1. Radiator core support upper 2. Radiator core support lower 3. Radiator core support lower stay
4. Radiator core support side stay 5. Air guide

REMOVAL H

Radiator Core Support Upper


1. Remove the air duct. Refer to EM-16, "Removal and Installation" . BL
2. Remove the headlamp (LH/RH). Refer to LT-23, "Removal and Installation" .
3. Remove the hood lock assembly, and remove hood lock cable. Refer to BL-15 .
4. Remove the air guide and hood lock cable clip. J
5. Remove the washer tank inlet. Refer to WW-22, "Removal and Installation of Washer Tank" .
6. Remove the radiator core support upper.
K
Radiator Core Support Lower
1. Remove the air duct. Refer to EM-16, "Removal and Installation" .
2. Remove the front bumper. Refer to EI-14, "Removal and Installation" . L
3. Remove the headlamp (LH/RH). Refer to LT-23, "Removal and Installation" .
4. Remove the hood lock assembly, and remove hood lock cable. Refer to BL-15 .
5. Remove the air guide and hood lock cable mounting clip. M
6. Remove the front bumper reinforcement. Refer to EI-14, "Removal and Installation" .
7. Remove the radiator core lower stay.
N
24.5 N·m (2.5 kg-m, 18 ft-lb)

8. Remove the undercover. O

Revision: May 2007 BL-19 2008 Versa


RADIATOR CORE SUPPORT
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
9. Remove radiator core support lower side stay.

55.0 N·m (5.6 kg-m, 41 ft-lb)

PIIB2800J

10. Tie a cord to all radiator core upper supports of the radiator and
condenser.
NOTE:
To prevent the compressor and radiator from being dropped
when the radiator core lower support is removed.
11. Remove the bolts, and lower radiator core lower supports.
12. Remove the radiator core lower supports.

PIIB2799J

INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: May 2007 BL-20 2008 Versa


FRONT FENDER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
FRONT FENDER
A
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001703952

G
LIIA2657E

1. Front fender 2 Bolt (LH 7 bolts required) (RH 8 bolts


required) H

REMOVAL
1. Remove the headlamp assemblies. Refer to LT-23, "Removal and Installation". BL
2. Remove the cowl top cover (LH/RH). Refer to EI-21, "Removal and Installation".
3. Remove the front fender protector. Refer to EI-23, "Component".
4. Remove the bolt and the front fender. J
CAUTION:
While removing use a shop cloth to protect the vechicle body from damage.
K
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• After installing, apply touch-up paint onto the head of the front fender bolts. L
• After installing, check front fender adjustment. Refer to BL-13, "Fitting Adjustment" and BL-144, "Fit-
ting Adjustment".
M

Revision: May 2007 BL-21 2008 Versa


POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location INFOID:0000000001703953

LIIA2593E

1. BCM M18, M19, M20 2. Intelligent Key unit M52 3. Front door key cylinder switch LH D14
(view with glove box removed) (if equipped)
4. Front door switch LH B8, RH B108 5. Front door lock actuator LH D3, RH D114 6. Rear door switch LH B6, RH B116
7. Rear door lock actuator LH D205, 8. Key switch and ignition knob switch M73 9. Key switch and key lock solenoid M27
RH D305 (with Intelligent Key) (without Intelligent key)
10. Main power window and door lock/ 11. Fuse block (with Intelligent Key) 12. Passenger select unlock relay M2
unlock switch D7, D8 (view with instrument panel LH removed) (with Intelligent Key)
Power window and door lock/unlock
switch RH D105
13. Back door lock assembly (back door
switch) D405 (hatchback view with
back door open)

System Description INFOID:0000000001703954

Power is supplied at all times


• through 40A fusible link (letter g , located in the fuse and fusible link box)
Revision: May 2007 BL-22 2008 Versa
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• to BCM terminal 70
• through 10A fuse [No. 8, located in the fuse block (J/B)] A
• to BCM terminal 57
• through 10A fuse [No. 14, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to key switch terminal 2 (without Intelligent Key system)
B
• through 10A fuse [No. 31, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to key switch and ignition knob switch terminals 2 and 4 (with Intelligent Key system).
When key switch is ON (key is inserted in ignition key cylinder), power is supplied
• through key switch terminal 1 (without Intelligent Key system) or key switch and ignition knob terminal 1 (with C
Intelligent Key system)
• to BCM terminal 37.
Ground is supplied D
• to BCM terminal 67
• through body grounds M57 and M61.
LOCK OPERATION E
When the door is locked with main power window and door lock/unlock switch, ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 45
• through main power window and door lock and unlock switch terminals 17 and 18
• through body grounds M57 and M61. F
When the door is locked with power window and door lock/unlock switch RH, ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 45
• through power window and door lock and unlock switch RH terminals 1 and 3 G
• through body grounds M57 and M61.
When the door is locked with front door key cylinder switch LH, ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 8
H
• through front door key cylinder switch LH terminals 1 and 2
• through body grounds M57 and M61.
UNLOCK OPERATION BL
When the door is unlocked with main power window and door lock/unlock switch, ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 46
• through main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminals 6 and 17
• through body grounds M57 and M61. J
When the door is unlocked with power window and door lock/unlock switch RH, ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 46
• through power window and door lock and unlock switch RH terminals 2 and 3 K
• through body grounds M57 and M61.
When the door is unlocked with front door key cylinder switch LH, ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 7
• through front door key cylinder switch LH terminals 2 and 3 L
• through body grounds M57 and M61.
When the front door switch LH is ON (door is OPEN), ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 47 M
• through front door switch LH terminal 2
• through front door switch LH case ground.
When the front door switch RH is ON (door is OPEN), ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 12 N
• through front door switch RH terminal 2
• through front door switch RH case ground.
When the rear door switch LH is ON (door is OPEN), ground is supplied O
• to BCM terminal 48
• through rear door switch LH terminal 1
• through rear door switch LH case ground.
P
When the rear door switch RH is ON (door is OPEN), ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 13
• through rear door switch RH terminal 1
• through rear door switch RH case ground.
When the back door switch (hatchback) is ON (back door is OPEN), ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 43
• through back door switch terminals 3 and 4
• through body grounds B117, B132 and D402.
Revision: May 2007 BL-23 2008 Versa
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OUTLINE
Functions available by operating the inside door lock and unlock switches
• Interlocked with the locking operation of door lock and unlock switch, door lock actuators of all doors are
locked.
• Interlocked with the unlocking operation of door lock and unlock switch, door lock actuators of all doors are
unlocked.
Functions available by operating the front door key cylinder switch LH
• Interlocked with the locking operation of front door key cylinder switch LH, door lock actuators of all doors
are locked.
• When front door key cylinder switch LH is unlocked, front door lock actuator LH is unlocked.
• When front door key cylinder switch LH is unlocked for the second time within 5 seconds after the first oper-
ation, door lock actuators on all doors are unlocked.
Key reminder door system
When door lock and unlock switch is operated to lock doors with ignition key inserted in key cylinder and any
door open, all door lock actuators are locked and then unlocked.
CAN Communication System Description INFOID:0000000001703955

Refer to LAN-6 .

Revision: May 2007 BL-24 2008 Versa


POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Schematic INFOID:0000000001703956

A
WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

BL

P
WIWA2264E

Revision: May 2007 BL-25 2008 Versa


POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - D/LOCK - INFOID:0000000001703957

WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

LIWA0546E

Revision: May 2007 BL-26 2008 Versa


POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

BL

WIWA2265E

Revision: May 2007 BL-27 2008 Versa


POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

WIWA1954E

Revision: May 2007 BL-28 2008 Versa


POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

BL

WIWA1955E

Revision: May 2007 BL-29 2008 Versa


POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Schematic INFOID:0000000001703958

WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

WIWA2266E

Revision: May 2007 BL-30 2008 Versa


POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - D/LOCK - INFOID:0000000001703959

A
WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

BL

P
WIWA1957E

Revision: May 2007 BL-31 2008 Versa


POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

WIWA2267E

Revision: May 2007 BL-32 2008 Versa


POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

BL

WIWA1958E

Revision: May 2007 BL-33 2008 Versa


POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

WIWA2268E

Revision: May 2007 BL-34 2008 Versa


POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

BL

WIWA1960E

Terminal and Reference Value for BCM INFOID:0000000001703960 P

Refer to BCS-11, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM" .


Work Flow INFOID:0000000001703961

1. Check the symptom and customer's requests.


2. Understand the outline of system. Refer to BL-22, "System Description" .

Revision: May 2007 BL-35 2008 Versa


POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. According to the trouble diagnosis chart, repair or replace the cause of the malfunction. Refer to BL-103,
"Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart" .
4. Does power door lock system operate normally? OK: GO TO 5, NG: GO TO 3.
5. Inspection End.
CONSULT-III Function (BCM) INFOID:0000000001703962

CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following.

BCM
Diagnostic mode Description
diagnostic test item
Supports inspections and adjustments. Commands are transmitted to the
WORK SUPPORT BCM for setting the status suitable for required operation, input/output sig-
nals are received from the BCM and received date is displayed.
DATA MONITOR Displays BCM input/output data in real time.
Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to
ACTIVE TEST
them.
Inspection by part
SELF-DIAG RESULTS Displays BCM self-diagnosis results.
The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be
CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR
read.
ECU PART NUMBER BCM part number can be read.
CONFIGURATION Performs BCM configuration read/write functions.

WORK SUPPORT

Work item Description


DOOR LOCK-UNLOCK SET Select unlock mode can be changed in this mode. Selects ON-OFF of select unlock mode.
ANTI-LOCK OUT SET Key reminder door mode can be changed in this mode. Selects ON-OFF of key reminder door mode.

DATA MONITOR

Monitor item Content


IGN ON SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition switch in ON position.
KEY ON SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of key switch.
CDL LOCK SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from door lock and unlock switch.
CDL UNLOCK SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from door lock and unlock switch.
DOOR SW-DR Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door switch LH.
DOOR SW-AS Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door switch RH.
DOOR SW-RR Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of rear door switch RH.
DOOR SW-RL Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of rear door switch LH.
BACK DOOR SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of back door switch.
KEY CYL LK-SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from key cylinder.
KEY CYL UN-SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from key cylinder.
KEYLESS LOCK* Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from keyfob.
KEYLESS UNLOCK* Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from keyfob.
I-KEY LOCK** Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from door request switch.
I-KEY UNLOCK** Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from door request switch.
*: With Remote Keyless Entry system
**: With Intelligent Key system

ACTIVE TEST

Revision: May 2007 BL-36 2008 Versa


POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

Test item Content A


This test is able to check all door lock actuators lock operation. These actuators lock when "ON"
ALL LOCK
on CONSULT–III screen is touched.
This test is able to check all door lock actuators unlock operation. These actuators unlock when B
ALL UNLOCK
"ON" on CONSULT–III screen is touched.
This test is able to check front door lock actuator LH unlock operation.These actuators lock
DR UNLOCK
when "ON" on CONSULT–III screen is touched. C
This test is able to check door lock actuators (except front door lock actuator LH) unlock oper-
OTHER UNLOCK
ation. These actuators unlock when "ON" on CONSULT–III screen is touched.

D
Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart INFOID:0000000001703963

Symptom Repair order Refer to page E


1. BCM power supply and ground circuit check BCS-15
2. Door switch check (hatchback) BL-37
F
Key reminder door function does not operate properly. 3. Door switch check (sedan) BL-40
4. Key switch (insert) check BL-41
5. Replace BCM. BCS-18 G
Power door lock does not operate with door lock and un- 1. Door lock/unlock switch check BL-42
lock switch on main power window and door lock/unlock
switch or power window and door lock/unlock switch RH 2. Replace BCM. BCS-18
H
One or both rear door lock actuators do not operate. 1. Passenger select unlock relay circuit check BL-48
Front door lock assembly LH (actuator) does not operate. 1. Front door lock assembly LH (actuator) check BL-45
Specific door lock actuator does not operate. 1. Door lock actuator check (Front RH, Rear LH/RH) BL-46 BL

Power door lock does not operate with front door key cyl- 1. Front door key cylinder switch check BL-47
inder switch operation. 2. Replace BCM. BCS-18
J
1. BCM power supply and ground circuit check BCS-15
All power door locks do not operate. 2. Door lock/unlock switch check BL-42
3. Replace BCM. BCS-18 K

BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit INFOID:0000000001703964

L
Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection" .
Door Switch Check (Hatchback) INFOID:0000000001703965

M
1.CHECK DOOR SWITCHES INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-III
Check door switches ("DOOR SW-DR", "DOOR SW-AS", "DOOR SW-RL", "DOOR SW-RR", "BACK DOOR N
SW") in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT–III. Refer to BL-36, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)" .
• When doors are open:
O
DOOR SW-DR : ON
DOOR SW-AS : ON
DOOR SW-RL : ON P
DOOR SW-RR : ON
BACK DOOR SW : ON
• When doors are closed:

Revision: May 2007 BL-37 2008 Versa


POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

DOOR SW-DR : OFF


DOOR SW-AS : OFF
DOOR SW-RL : OFF
DOOR SW-RR : OFF
BACK DOOR SW : OFF

Without CONSULT-III
Check voltage between BCM connector M18 or M19 terminals 12, 13, 43, 47, 48 and ground.

Terminals Voltage (V)


Connector Item Condition
(+) (–) (Approx.)

Front door
12
switch RH
M18
Rear door
13
switch RH
Open 0
Back door
43 Ground ↓ ↓
switch
Closed Battery voltage
LIIA1041E
Front door
M19 47
switch LH
Rear door
48
switch LH
OK or NG
OK >> Door switch circuit is OK.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DOOR SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect door switch and BCM.
3. Check continuity between door switch connector (B) B8 (front LH), B108 (front RH) terminal 2 or (C) B6
(rear LH), B116 (rear RH) terminal 1 or back door lock assembly connector (D) D405 terminal 3 and BCM
connectors (A) M18, M19 terminals 12, 13, 43, 47 and 48.

1 - 13 : Continuity should exist.


1 - 48 : Continuity should exist.
2 - 12 : Continuity should exist.
2 - 47 : Continuity should exist.
3 - 43 : Continuity should exist.
4. Check continuity between door switch connector (B) B8 (front
LH), B108 (front RH) terminal 2 or (C) B6 (rear LH), B116 (rear
RH) terminal 1 or back door lock assembly connector (D) D405
terminal 3 and ground.

1 - Ground : Continuity should not exist.


2 - Ground : Continuity should not exist.
3 - Ground : Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace harness.

WIIA1244E

Revision: May 2007 BL-38 2008 Versa


POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3.CHECK DOOR SWITCHES A
FRONT AND REAR DOORS
Check continuity between front door switch terminal 2 or rear door
switch terminal 1 and exposed metal of switch while pressing and
B
releasing switch.

Door switch is released : Continuity should exist.


C
Door switch is pushed : Continuity should not exist.

PIIB6899E

E
BACK DOOR
Check continuity between back door lock assembly connector (back
door switch) terminals 3 and 4 while pressing (closing back door)
and releasing (opening back door) switch. F

When back door is open : Continuity should exist.


When back door is closed : Continuity should not exist. G
OK or NG
OK1 >> (Front and rear doors) Switch circuit is OK. H
OK2 >> (Back door) GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace door switch. WIIA1245E

4.CHECK BACK DOOR SWITCH GROUND BL


Check continuity between back door lock assembly connector D405
terminal 4 and ground.
J
4 - Ground : Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK1 >> Back door switch circuit is OK (without Intelligent Key). K
OK2 >> GO TO 5 (with Intelligent Key).
NG >> Repair or replace harness.
L
WIIA1246E

5.CHECK BACK DOOR SWITCH SIGNAL FOR SHORT M


1. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit.
2. Check continuity between BCM connector M18 terminal 30 and ground.
N

30 - Ground : Continuity should not exist.


O

WIIA1299E

OK or NG
OK >> Back door switch circuit is OK.
Revision: May 2007 BL-39 2008 Versa
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NG >> Repair or replace harness.
Door Switch Check (Sedan) INFOID:0000000001703966

1.CHECK DOOR SWITCHES INPUT SIGNAL


With CONSULT-III
Check door switches ("DOOR SW-DR", "DOOR SW-AS", "DOOR SW-RL", "DOOR SW-RR") in DATA MONI-
TOR mode with CONSULT–III. Refer to BL-36, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)" .
• When doors are open:

DOOR SW-DR : ON
DOOR SW-AS : ON
DOOR SW-RL : ON
DOOR SW-RR : ON
• When doors are closed:

DOOR SW-DR : OFF


DOOR SW-AS : OFF
DOOR SW-RL : OFF
DOOR SW-RR : OFF

Without CONSULT-III
Check voltage between BCM connector M18 or M19 terminals 12, 13, 47, 48 and ground.

Terminals Voltage (V)


Connector Item Condition
(+) (–) (Approx.)

Front door
47
switch LH
M19
Rear door
48 Open 0
switch LH
Ground ↓ ↓
Front door Closed Battery voltage
12
switch RH
M18
LIIA1177E
Rear door
13
switch RH
OK or NG
OK >> Door switch circuit is OK.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DOOR SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect door switch and BCM.
3. Check continuity between door switch connector B8 (Front LH) or B108 (Front RH) terminal 2, B6 (Rear
LH) or B116 (Rear RH) terminal 1 and BCM connector M18, M19 terminals 12, 13, 47 and 48.

2 - 47 : Continuity should exist.


2 - 12 : Continuity should exist.
1 - 48 : Continuity should exist.
1 - 13 : Continuity should exist.
4. Check continuity between door switch connector B8 (Front LH)
or B108 (Front RH) terminal 2, B6 (Rear LH) or B116 (Rear RH)
terminal 1 and ground.

LIIA1350E

Revision: May 2007 BL-40 2008 Versa


POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

2 - Ground : Continuity should not exist. A


1 - Ground : Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
B
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK DOOR SWITCHES C
Check continuity between door switch terminal and switch case ground.

Condition of D
Component Terminals Continuity
switch

Front door switch Pushed No


2 – Case ground
LH/RH Released Yes E

Rear door switch Pushed No


1 – Case ground
LH/RH Released Yes
F
OK or NG
OK >> Check door switch case ground condition. LIIA0550E
NG >> Replace door switch. G
Key Switch (Insert) Check INFOID:0000000001703967

1.CHECK KEY SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL H

With CONSULT-III
Check key switch "KEY ON SW" in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT–III. Refer to BL-36, "CONSULT-III BL
Function (BCM)" .
• When key is inserted into ignition key cylinder:

KEY ON SW : ON J

• When key is removed from ignition key cylinder:


K
KEY ON SW : OFF

Without CONSULT-III
L
Check voltage between BCM connector and ground.

Terminals Voltage (V)


Connector Condition M
(+) (–) (Approx.)

Key is inserted. Battery voltage


M18 37 Ground
Key is removed. 0 N
OK or NG
OK >> Key switch circuit is OK.
NG-1 >> GO TO 2 (with Intelligent Key). O
NG-2 >> GO TO 3 (without Intelligent Key). LIIA0567E

2.CHECK KEY SWITCH (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY) P


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect key switch and ignition knob switch connector.
3. Check ignition knob switch key switch and ignition knob key switch.

Revision: May 2007 BL-41 2008 Versa


POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

Terminal
Key switch and ignition knob Condition Continuity
switch
Inserted Yes
1 2 Key
Removed No
OK or NG
OK >> Check the following.
• 10A fuse (No. 31, located in fuse and fusible link
PIIB6411E
block)
• Harness for open or short between key switch and ignition knob switch and fuse
• Harness for open or short between BCM and key switch and ignition knob switch
NG >> Replace key switch and ignition knob switch.
3.CHECK KEY SWITCH (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect key switch and key lock solenoid connector.
3. Check key switch.

Terminals Condition Continuity


Key is inserted. Yes
1–2
Key is removed. No
OK or NG
OK >> Check the following.
• 10A fuse [No. 14, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• Harness for open or short between key switch and
fuse
• Harness for open or short between BCM and key PIIB6411E

switch
NG >> Replace key switch and key lock solenoid.
Door Lock and Unlock Switch Check INFOID:0000000001703968

1.CHECK DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK INPUT SIGNAL


With CONSULT-III
Check door lock and unlock switch (“CDL LOCK SW” and “CDL UNLOCK SW”) in DATA MONITOR mode with
CONSULT-III.

Test item Condition


Door lock and unlock switch is turned to LOCK : ON
CDL LOCK SW
Other than above : OFF
Door lock and unlock switch is turned to UNLOCK : ON
CDL UNLOCK SW
Other than above : OFF

Without CONSULT-III
Check voltage between BCM connector and ground

Revision: May 2007 BL-42 2008 Versa


POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

Terminals A
(+) Door lock and unlock Voltage (V)
(–) switch condition (Approx.)
BCM
Terminal B
connector
Lock 0
45
Neutral / Unlock Battery voltage
M19 Ground C
Unlock 0
46
Neutral / Lock Battery voltage PIIB6412E

OK or NG D
OK >> Door lock and unlock switch is OK.
NG >> GO TO 2.
E
2.CHECK DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect door lock/unlock switch. F
3. Check continuity between main power window and door lock/
unlock switch terminals 6, 17 and 18.

G
Terminal Condition Continuity
Lock Yes
18
Unlock/Neutral No H
17
Unlock Yes
6
Lock/Neutral No
BL
WIIA1107E

4. Check continuity between power window and door lock/unlock


switch RH terminals 1, 2 and 3. J

Terminal Condition Continuity


K
Lock Yes
1
Unlock/Neutral No
3
Unlock Yes L
2
Lock/Neutral No
OK or NG WIIA1108E
M
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Replace door lock/unlock switch.
3.CHECK DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH GROUND HARNESS N
1. Disconnect main power window and door lock/unlock switch or power window and door lock/unlock switch
RH.
2. Check continuity between main power window and door lock/ O
unlock switch connector D8 terminal 17 and ground.

17 - Ground : Continuity should exist.


P

WIIA1109E

Revision: May 2007 BL-43 2008 Versa


POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check continuity between power window and door lock/unlock
switch RH connector D105 terminal 3 and ground

3 - Ground : Continuity should exist.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace harness.

WIIA0450E

4.CHECK DOOR LOCK SWITCH CIRCUIT


1. Disconnect BCM.
2. Check continuity between BCM connector M19 (A) terminal 45 and main power window and door lock/
unlock switch connector D8 (B) terminal 18 or power window and door lock/unlock switch RH connector
D105 (C) terminal 1.

1 - 45 : Continuity should exist.


18 - 45 : Continuity should exist.
3. Check continuity between BCM connector M19 terminal 45 and
ground.

45 - Ground : Continuity should not exist.

WIIA1110E

4. Check continuity between BCM connector M19 (A) terminal 46 and main power window and door lock/
unlock switch LH connector D7 (B) terminal 6 or power window and door lock/unlock switch RH connector
D105 (C) terminal 2.

Revision: May 2007 BL-44 2008 Versa


POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

2 - 46 : Continuity should exist. A


6 - 46 : Continuity should exist.
5. Check continuity between BCM connector M19 terminal 46 and
ground. B

46 - Ground : Continuity should not exist.


C
OK or NG
OK >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installa-
tion of BCM" .
NG >> Repair or replace harness. D

G
WIIA1111E

Front Door Lock Assembly LH (Actuator) Check INFOID:0000000001703969

H
1.CHECK FRONT DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY LH (ACTUATOR) HARNESS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM and front door lock assembly LH (actuator). BL
3. Check continuity between BCM connector (A) M20 terminals 59,
65 and front door lock assembly LH (actuator) connector (B) D3
terminals 2, 3. J

Connector Terminal Connector Terminal Continuity


59 2 Yes K
A: M20 B: D3
65 3 Yes
4. Check continuity between BCM connector (A) M20 terminals 59,
L
65 and body ground.
LIIA2525E

Connector Terminals Continuity


M
59 No
A: M20 Ground
65 No
OK or NG N
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace harness.
2.CHECK FRONT DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY LH SIGNAL O

1. Reconnect BCM.
P

Revision: May 2007 BL-45 2008 Versa


POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Check voltage between BCM connector M20 terminals 59, 65
and ground.

Terminals Voltage (V)


Connector Condition
(+) (-) (Approx.)

Main power window and


59 door lock/unlock switch 0 → Battery voltage
is turned to UNLOCK
M20 Ground
Main power window and
65 door lock/unlock switch 0 → Battery voltage LIIA1355E
is turned to LOCK

OK or NG
OK >> Replace front door lock assembly LH (actuator). Refer to BL-150, "Removal and Installation" .
NG >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM" .
Door Lock Actuator Check (Front RH and Rear LH/RH) INFOID:0000000001703970

1.CHECK DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR HARNESS


NOTE:
For models with Intelligent Key, insure that passenger select unlock relay remains connected during this test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM and each door lock actuator.
3. Check continuity between BCM connector (A) M20 terminals 65,
66 and front door lock actuator RH connector (B) D114, rear
door lock actuator RH connector (B) D305, rear door lock actua-
tor LH connector (C) D205 terminals 2, 3.

Connector Terminal Connector Terminal Continuity


65 B: D114 C: 3 Yes
A: M20 D205 D:
66 D305 2 Yes

LIIA2526E

4. Check continuity between BCM connector (A) M20 terminals 65, 66 and body ground.

Connector Terminals Continuity


65 No
A: M20 Ground
66 No

OK or NG
Revision: May 2007 BL-46 2008 Versa
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Check the following: A
• Without Intelligent Key: Repair or replace harness.
• With Intelligent Key: For front doors, repair or replace harness.
• With Intelligent Key: For rear door, repair or replace harness or passenger select unlock relay.
B
2.CHECK DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR SIGNAL
1. Reconnect BCM.
2. Check voltage between BCM connector M20 terminals 65, 66 C
and ground.

Terminals Voltage (V) D


Connector Condition
(+) (-) (Approx.)

Main power window and


65 door lock/unlock switch is 0 → Battery voltage E
turned to UNLOCK
M20 Ground
Main power window and
66 door lock/unlock switch is 0 → Battery voltage LIIA1357E F
turned to LOCK

OK or NG G
OK >> Replace front door lock assembly RH or rear door lock actuator LH/RH. Refer to BL-150,
"Removal and Installation" or BL-153, "Removal and Installation" .
NG >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM" . H

Front Door Key Cylinder Switch LH Check INFOID:0000000001703971

BL
1.CHECK FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH LH
With CONSULT-III
Check front door key cylinder switch ("KEY CYL LK-SW") and ("KEY CYL UN-SW) in DATA MONITOR mode J
in CONSULT–III. Refer to BL-36, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)" .
• When key inserted in front key cylinder is turned to LOCK:
K
KEY CYL LK-SW : ON
• When key inserted in front key cylinder is turned to UNLOCK:
L
KEY CYL UN-SW : ON

Without CONSULT-III M
Check voltage between BCM connector M18 terminals 7, 8 and
ground.

N
Terminals Voltage (V)
Connector Condition
(+) (–) (Approx.)

Neutral/Lock 5 O
7
Unlock 0
M18 Ground
Neutral/Unlock 5
8
Lock 0
P
WIIA1247E

OK or NG
OK >> Front door key cylinder switch LH signal is OK.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH LH GROUND HARNESS
Revision: May 2007 BL-47 2008 Versa
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect front door key cylinder switch LH.
3. Check continuity between front door key cylinder switch LH con-
nector D14 terminal 2 and body ground.

Connector Terminals Continuity


D14 2 – Ground Yes
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace harness.

WIIA1248E

3.CHECK DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH LH


Check continuity between front door key cylinder switch LH termi-
nals.

Terminals Door key cylinder switch position Continuity


Neutral/Unlock No
2–1
Lock Yes
Neutral/Lock No
2–3
Unlock Yes
OK or NG WIIA1249E

OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace front door key cylinder switch LH. Refer to BL-150 .
4.CHECK DOOR KEY CYLINDER HARNESS
1. Disconnect BCM connector M18.
2. Check continuity between BCM connector (A) M18 terminals 7,
8 and front door key cylinder switch LH connector (B) D14 termi-
nals 1, 3 and body ground.

Connector Terminal Connector Terminal Continuity


7 3 Yes
B: D14
8 1 Yes
A: M18
7 Ground No
8 Ground No
WIIA1250E

OK or NG
OK >> Front door key cylinder switch LH circuit is OK.
NG >> Repair or replace harness.
Passenger Select Unlock Relay Circuit Inspection (With Intelligent Key) INFOID:0000000001703972

1.CHECK PASSENGER SELECT UNLOCK RELAY CIRCUIT


NOTE:
Passenger select unlock relay must remain connected during this step.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM and inoperative rear door lock actuator.

Revision: May 2007 BL-48 2008 Versa


POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check continuity between BCM connector (A) M20 terminal 65
and rear door lock actuator LH connector (B) D205 terminal 3 or A
rear door lock actuator RH connector (C) D305 Terminal 3.

65 - 3 : Continuity should exist. B


4. Check continuity between BCM connector M20 terminal 65 and
body ground.
C
65 - Ground : Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG WIIA1164E

OK >> GO TO 4. D
NG >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK PASSENGER SELECT UNLOCK RELAY INPUT
E
1. Disconnect passenger select unlock relay.
2. Check continuity between BCM connector (A) M20 terminal 65
and passenger select unlock relay connector (B) M2 terminal 3.
F
65 - 3 : Continuity should exist.
3. Check continuity between BCM connector (A) M20 terminal 65
and body ground. G

65 - Ground : Continuity should not exist.


H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. WIIA1165E

NG >> Repair or replace harness between BCM and relay.


BL
3.CHECK PASSENGER SELECT UNLOCK RELAY OUTPUT
1. Disconnect inoperative rear door lock actuator.
2. Check continuity between passenger select unlock relay con- J
nector (A) M2 terminal 4 and rear door lock actuator LH connec-
tor (B) D205 or rear door lock actuator RH connector (C) D305
terminal 3.
K
4-3 : Continuity should exist.
3. Check continuity between passenger select unlock relay con- L
nector (A) M2 terminal 4 and ground.

4 - Ground : Continuity should not exist.


WIIA1166E M

OK or NG
N
OK >> Replace passenger select unlock relay.
NG >> Repair or replace harness between relay and actuator.
4.CHECK REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY O
1. Reconnect BCM.

Revision: May 2007 BL-49 2008 Versa


POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Check voltage between rear door lock actuator connector LH (A)
D205 or rear door lock actuator connector RH (B) D305 termi-
nals 2 and 3.

Terminals Voltage (V)


Connector Condition
(+) (-) (Approx.)

Main power window and


A: D205 (LH)
3 2 door lock/unlock switch is 0 → Battery voltage
B: D305 (RH)
turned to LOCK

WIIA1167E

3. Check voltage between rear door lock actuator connector LH (A)


D205 or rear door lock actuator connector RH (B) D305 termi-
nals 2 and 3.

Terminals Voltage (V)


Connector Condition
(+) (-) (Approx.)

Main power window and


A: D205 (LH)
2 3 door lock/unlock switch is 0 → Battery voltage
B: D305 (RH)
turned to UNLOCK

WIIA1216E

OK or NG
OK >> Replace rear door lock actuator. Refer to BL-153, "Removal and Installation" .
NG >> Repair or replace harness between actuator and splice.

Revision: May 2007 BL-50 2008 Versa


REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
A
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location INFOID:0000000001703973

BL

M
LIIA2594E

1. BCM M18, M19, M20 2. Remote keyless entry receiver M23 3. Horn relay H-1
(view with glove box removed) (front of battery) N
4. IPDM E/R E46, E48 5. Front door switch LH B8, RH B108 6. Rear door switch LH B6, RH B116
7. Back door lock assembly (back door 8. Key switch and key lock solenoid 9. Horn (low) E18, E20
switch) D405 (hatchback view with M27
O
back door open)
10. Horn (high) E21, E22

System Description INFOID:0000000001703974 P

INPUTS
Power is supplied at all times
• through 40A fusible link (letter g , located in the fuse and fusible link box)
• to BCM terminal 70
• through 10A fuse [No. 8, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to BCM terminal 57.
Revision: May 2007 BL-51 2008 Versa
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
When the key switch is ON (key is inserted in ignition key cylinder), power is supplied
• through 10A fuse [No. 14, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• through key switch terminals 2 and 1
• to BCM terminal 37.
When the ignition switch is ACC or ON, power is supplied
• through 10A fuse [No. 20, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to BCM terminal 11.
Ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 67
• through body grounds M57 and M61.
When the front door switch LH is ON (door is OPEN), ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 47
• through front door switch LH terminal 2
• through front door switch LH case ground.
When the front door switch RH is ON (door is OPEN), ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 12
• through front door switch RH terminal 2
• through front door switch RH case ground.
When the rear door switch LH is ON (door is OPEN), ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 48
• through rear door switch LH terminal 1
• through rear door switch LH case ground.
When the rear door switch RH is ON (door is OPEN), ground is supplied
• to BCM meter terminal 13
• through rear door switch RH terminal 1
• through rear door switch RH case ground.
When the back door lock assembly (back door switch) (hatchback) is ON (back door is OPEN), ground is sup-
plied
• to BCM terminal 43
• through back door lock assembly (back door switch) terminals 3 and 4
• through body grounds B117, B132 and D402.
Keyfob signal is inputted to BCM from remote keyless entry receiver.
The remote keyless entry system controls operation of the
• power door lock
• hazard reminder
• auto door lock
• panic alarm
• room lamp
OPERATED PROCEDURE
Power Door Lock Operation
BCM receives a LOCK signal from keyfob. BCM locks all doors with input of LOCK signal from keyfob.
BCM receives a UNLOCK signal from keyfob. BCM unlocks all doors with input of UNLOCK signal from key-
fob.
Hazard and Horn Reminder
When the doors are locked or unlocked by keyfob, power is supplied to sound horns and flash hazard warning
lamps as follows
• LOCK operation: 3 or 4 mode (lamps flash twice)
• UNLOCK operation: 2 or 4 mode (lamps flash once)
• Horns sound once with LOCK function when this feature is set ON.
The hazard reminder has modes 1, 2, 3 or 4. The horn reminder can be turned ON/OFF with any LOCK mode.
Operating function of hazard reminder
Mode 1 Mode 2 Mode 3 Mode 4
Keyfob operation Lock Unlock Lock Unlock Lock Unlock Lock Unlock
Hazard warning lamp
— — — Twice Once — Once Twice
flash
Horns sound (ON/OFF) ON: once — ON: once — ON: once — ON: once —
Hazard and horn reminders do not operate if any door switch is ON (any door is OPEN).
How to change hazard and horn reminder modes
Revision: May 2007 BL-52 2008 Versa
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
With CONSULT-III
Hazard reminder can be changed using “HAZARD LAMP SET” mode in “WORK SUPPORT”. A
Horn reminder can be changed using “HORN CHIRP SET” mode in “WORK SUPPORT”.
Refer to BL-58, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)" .
Without CONSULT-III B
Refer to Owner's Manual for instructions.
Auto Door Lock Operation
Auto lock function signal is sent for operation when any of the following signals are not sent within 1 minute C
after the unlock signal is sent from the keyfob:
• when door switch is turned ON for open.
• when the key switch is turned ON. D
• when the lock signal is sent from the keyfob.
Auto door lock mode can be changed using “AUTO LOCK SET” mode in “WORK SUPPORT”.
Refer to BL-58, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)" .
E
Panic Alarm Operation
When key switch is OFF (when ignition key is not inserted in key cylinder), BCM turns on and off horn intermit-
tently with input of PANIC ALARM signal from keyfob.
F
BCM outputs to IPDM E/R for panic alarm signal (horn signal) as DATA LINE (CAN H line and CAN L line).
The alarm automatically turns off after 25 seconds or when BCM receives any signal from keyfob.
Panic alarm operation mode can be changed using “PANIC ALARM SET” mode in “WORK SUPPORT”.
Refer to BL-58, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)" . G
Interior Lamp Operation
When the following conditions come:
• condition of interior lamp switch is in the DOOR position; H
• door switch OFF (when all the doors are closed);
Remote keyless entry system turns on interior lamp (for 30 seconds) with input of UNLOCK signal from key-
fob. For detailed description, refer to LT-89 . BL
CAN Communication System Description INFOID:0000000001703975

Refer to LAN-6 . J

Revision: May 2007 BL-53 2008 Versa


REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Schematic INFOID:0000000001703976

WIWA2269E

Revision: May 2007 BL-54 2008 Versa


REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - KEYLES - INFOID:0000000001703977

BL

P
LIWA0547E

Revision: May 2007 BL-55 2008 Versa


REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

WIWA2270E

Revision: May 2007 BL-56 2008 Versa


REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

BL

LIWA0549E

Terminal and Reference Value for BCM INFOID:0000000001703978 P

Refer to BCS-11, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM" .


How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis INFOID:0000000001703979

1. Confirm the symptom or customer complaint.


2. Understand operation, description and function description. Refer to BL-51, "System Description" .

Revision: May 2007 BL-57 2008 Versa


REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Perform the Preliminary Check. Refer to LT-11, "Preliminary Check" .
4. Check symptom and repair or replace the component.
5. Does the remote keyless entry system operate normally? If YES, GO TO 6. If NO, GO TO 4.
6. INSPECTION END
Preliminary Check INFOID:0000000001703980

CHECK BCM CONFIGURATION


1.CHECK BCM CONFIGURATION
Confirm BCM configuration for "KEYLESS ENTRY" is set to "WITH". Refer to BCS-17, "Configuration" .
OK or NG
OK >> Refer to BL-59, "Work Flow" .
NG >> Change BCM configuration for "KEYLESS ENTRY" to "WITH". Refer to BCS-17, "Configuration" .
CONSULT-III Function (BCM) INFOID:0000000001703981

CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following.

BCM
Diagnostic mode Description
diagnostic test item
Supports inspections and adjustments. Commands are transmitted to the
WORK SUPPORT BCM for setting the status suitable for required operation, input/output sig-
nals are received from the BCM and received date is displayed.
DATA MONITOR Displays BCM input/output data in real time.
Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to
ACTIVE TEST
them.
Inspection by part
SELF-DIAG RESULTS Displays BCM self-diagnosis results.
The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be
CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR
read.
ECU PART NUMBER BCM part number can be read.
CONFIGURATION Performs BCM configuration read/write functions.

CONSULT-III APPLICATION ITEMS


Work Support

Test Item Description


REMO CONT ID REGIST Keyfob ID code can be registered.
REMO CONT ID ERASER Keyfob ID code can be erased.
REMO CONT ID CONFIR It can be checked whether keyfob ID code is registered or not in this mode.
Panic alarm operation mode can be changed in this mode. The operation mode will be
PANIC ALRM SET
changed when “CURRENT SETTING” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
Hazard reminder mode can be changed in this mode. The hazard reminder mode will be
HAZARD LAMP SET
changed when “CURRENT SETTING” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
Auto locking function mode can be changed in this mode. The function mode will be changed
AUTO LOCK SET
when “CURRENT SETTING” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
Keyless trunk open operation mode can be changed in this mode. The operation mode will
TRUNK OPEN
be changed when “CURRENT SETTING” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.

PANIC ALARM SET


MODE 1 MODE 2 MODE 3
Keyfob operation 0.5 seconds Nothing 1.5 seconds

HAZARD LAMP BACK SET


MODE 1 MODE 2 MODE 3 MODE 4
Hazard lamp operation mode Nothing Unlock only Lock only Lock and Unlock

Revision: May 2007 BL-58 2008 Versa


REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
AUTO LOCK SET
MODE 1 MODE 2 MODE 3 A
Auto locking function 30 seconds Nothing 1 minutes

TRUNK OPEN
MODE 1 MODE 2 MODE 3 B
Keyfob operation 0.5 seconds Nothing 1.5 seconds

Data Monitor C

Monitored Item Description


IGN ON SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition switch in ON position. D
KEY ON SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of key switch.
ACC ON SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition switch in ACC position.
E
KEYLESS LOCK Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from keyfob.
KEYLWSS UNLOCK Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from keyfob.
KYLS TRNK/HAT This is displayed even when it is not equipped. F
KEYLESS PSD This is displayed even when it is not equipped.
DOOR SW-DR Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door switch driver side.
DOOR SW-AS Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door switch passenger side. G
DOOR SW-RR Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of rear door switch RH.
DOOR SW-RL Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of rear door switch LH.
H
BACK DOOR SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of back door switch (hatchback).
TRNK/HAT MNTR Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk room lamp switch (sedan).
CDL LOCK SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from door lock and unlock switch. BL
CDL UNLOCK SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from door lock and unlock switch.
KEYLESS PANIC Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of panic alarm signal from keyfob.
J
Active Test

Test Item Description K


This test is able to check interior room lamp operation.
INT LAMP
The interior room lamp turns on when “ON” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
This test is able to check right hazard reminder operation. L
FLASHER
The right hazard lamp turns on when “ON” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
This test is able to check door lock actuator operation.
DOOR LOCK • The all door lock actuator are locked when “ALL LOCK” on CONSULT-III screen is touched. M
• The all door lock actuator are unlocked when “ALL UNLOCK” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
TRUNK/BACK DOOR This is displayed even when it is not equipped.
POWER SLIDE DOOR This is displayed even when it is not equipped. N

Work Flow INFOID:0000000001703982

O
1. Check the symptom and customer's requests.
2. Understand outline of system. Refer to BL-51, "System Description" .
3. Confirm that power door lock system operates normally. P
Refer to BL-22 .
4. Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts.
Refer to BL-60, "Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart" .
5. Does remote keyless entry system operate normally? If Yes, GO TO 6. If No, GO TO 4.
6. INSPECTION END

Revision: May 2007 BL-59 2008 Versa


REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart INFOID:0000000001703983

NOTE:
• Always check the “Work Flow” before troubleshooting. Refer to BL-59, "Work Flow" .
• Always check keyfob battery before replacing keyfob.

Reference
Symptom Diagnoses/service procedure
page
1. Check key switch. BL-66
2. Check keyfob battery and function.
NOTE:
BL-61
If the result of keyfob function check with CONSULT-III is OK, key-
All function of remote keyless entry system do not
fob is not malfunctioning.
operate.
3. Check remote keyless entry receiver. BL-68
4. Refer to ID Code Entry Procedure. BL-71
5. Replace BCM. BCS-18
1. Check keyfob battery and function. BL-61
NOTE:
If the result of keyfob function check with CONSULT-III is OK, key-
fob is not malfunctioning.
2. Check key switch. BL-66
The new ID of keyfob cannot be entered. 3. Check door switch (hatchback). BL-62
4. Check door switch (sedan). BL-65
5. Check ACC switch. BL-62
6. Replace keyfob. Refer to ID Code Entry Procedure. BL-71
7. Replace BCM. BCS-18
1. Check keyfob function. (Lock) BL-71
NOTE:
If the result of keyfob function check with CONSULT-III is OK, key-
fob is not malfunctioning.
Door lock does not function with keyfob.
2. Replace keyfob. Refer to ID Code Entry Procedure. BL-71
(Power door lock system is “OK”.)
3. Check door switch (hatchback). BL-62
4. Check door switch (sedan). BL-65
5. Replace BCM. BCS-18
1. Check keyfob function. (Unlock) BL-71
2. Replace keyfob. Refer to ID Code Entry Procedure.
Door unlock does not function with keyfob NOTE:
BL-71
(Power door lock system is “OK”) If the result of keyfob function check with CONSULT-III is OK, key-
fob is not malfunctioning.
3. Replace BCM. BCS-18
1. Check hazard reminder mode.*
*: Hazard reminder mode can be changed. BL-58
Hazard reminder does not activate properly when First check the hazard reminder setting.
pressing lock or unlock button of keyfob.
2. Check hazard function. BL-67
3. Replace BCM. BCS-18

Revision: May 2007 BL-60 2008 Versa


REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Reference
Symptom Diagnoses/service procedure
page A
1. Check panic alarm mode.*
*: Panic alarm mode can be changed. BL-58
First check the panic alarm setting. B
2. Check keyfob battery and function.
NOTE:
BL-61
Panic alarm does not activate when panic alarm but- If the result of keyfob function check with CONSULT-III is OK, key-
fob is not malfunctioning.
C
ton is continuously pressed.
3. Check horn function. BL-67
4. Check key switch. BL-66 D
5. Replace keyfob. Refer to ID Code Entry Procedure. BL-71
6. Replace BCM. BCS-18
1. Check auto door lock operation mode.* E
Auto door lock operation does not activate properly. *: Auto door lock operation mode can be changed. BL-58
(All other remote keyless entry system functions are First check the auto door lock operation setting.
OK.)
2. Replace BCM. BCS-18 F
1. Check interior lamp operation. BL-68
Interior lamp operation does not activate properly.
2. Replace BCM. BCS-18
G
Keyfob Battery and Function Check INFOID:0000000001703984

1.CHECK KEYFOB BATTERY H


1. Remove keyfob battery. Refer to BL-73, "Keyfob Battery Replacement" .
2. Measure voltage between battery positive and negative termi-
nals, (+) and (−). BL

Voltage : 2.5 – 3.0V


NOTE: J
Keyfob does not function if battery is not set correctly.

SEL237W

L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Replace battery. M
2.CHECK KEYFOB FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III N
Check keyfob function in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. When pushing each button of keyfob,
the corresponding monitor item should be turned as follows.
O
Condition Monitor item
Pushing LOCK KEYLESS LOCK : ON
Pushing UNLOCK KEYLESS UNLOCK : ON P
Pushing PANIC KEYLESS PANIC : ON

Without CONSULT-III

Revision: May 2007 BL-61 2008 Versa


REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check keyfob function using Remote Keyless Entry Tester J-43241.

LEL946A

OK or NG
OK >> Keyfob is OK.
NG1 >> (Without CONSULT-III) Replace keyfob.
NG2 >> (With CONSULT-III) More testing is needed. Perform BL-68, "Remote Keyless Entry Receiver
Check".
ACC Switch Check INFOID:0000000001703985

1.CHECK ACC SWITCH


With CONSULT-III
Check ACC switch (“ACC ON SW”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.

Monitor item Condition


Ignition switch position is ACC or ON : ON
ACC ON SW
Ignition switch position is OFF : OFF

Without CONSULT-III
Check voltage between BCM connector and ground.

Terminals
Ignition switch Voltage (V)
(+)
(–) condition (Approx.)
BCM connector Terminal
ACC or ON Battery voltage
M18 11 Ground
OFF 0

PIIB6453E

OK or NG
OK >> ACC switch is OK.
NG >> Check the following.
• 10A fuse [No. 20, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• Harness for open or short between BCM and fuse.
Door Switch Check (Hatchback) INFOID:0000000001703986

1.CHECK DOOR SWITCHES INPUT SIGNAL


With CONSULT-III
Check door switches ("DOOR SW-DR", "DOOR SW-AS", "DOOR SW-RL", "DOOR SW-RR", "BACK DOOR
SW") in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT–III. Refer to BL-36, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)" .
• When doors are open:

Revision: May 2007 BL-62 2008 Versa


REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

DOOR SW-DR : ON A
DOOR SW-AS : ON
DOOR SW-RL : ON
B
DOOR SW-RR : ON
BACK DOOR SW : ON
• When doors are closed: C

DOOR SW-DR : OFF


DOOR SW-AS : OFF D
DOOR SW-RL : OFF
DOOR SW-RR : OFF
E
BACK DOOR SW : OFF

Without CONSULT-III F
Check voltage between BCM connector M18 or M19 terminals 12, 13, 43, 47, 48 and ground.

Terminals Voltage (V) G


Connector Item Condition
(+) (–) (Approx.)

Front door
12
switch RH H
M18
Rear door
13
switch RH
Open 0
Back door BL
43 Ground ↓ ↓
switch
Closed Battery voltage
LIIA1041E
Front door
M19 47
switch LH J
Rear door
48
switch LH
OK or NG K
OK >> Door switch circuit is OK.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DOOR SWITCH CIRCUIT L

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect door switch and BCM.
3. Check continuity between door switch connector (B) B8 (front LH), B108 (front RH) terminal 2 or (C) B6 M
(rear LH), B116 (rear RH) terminal 1 or back door lock assembly connector (D) D405 terminal 3 and BCM
connectors (A) M18, M19 terminals 12, 13, 43, 47 and 48.
N

Revision: May 2007 BL-63 2008 Versa


REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

1 - 13 : Continuity should exist.


1 - 48 : Continuity should exist.
2 - 12 : Continuity should exist.
2 - 47 : Continuity should exist.
3 - 43 : Continuity should exist.
4. Check continuity between door switch connector (B) B8 (front
LH), B108 (front RH) terminal 2 or (C) B6 (rear LH), B116 (rear
RH) terminal 1 or back door lock assembly connector (D) D405
terminal 3 and ground.

1 - Ground : Continuity should not exist.


2 - Ground : Continuity should not exist.
3 - Ground : Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace harness.

WIIA1244E

3.CHECK DOOR SWITCHES


FRONT AND REAR DOORS
Check continuity between front door switch terminal 2 or rear door
switch terminal 1 and exposed metal of switch while pressing and
releasing switch.

Door switch is released : Continuity should exist.


Door switch is pushed : Continuity should not exist.

PIIB6899E

BACK DOOR
Check continuity between back door lock assembly connector (back
door switch) terminals 3 and 4 while pressing (closing back door)
and releasing (opening back door) switch.

When back door is open : Continuity should exist.


When back door is closed : Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK >> (Front and rear doors) Switch circuit is OK.
OK >> (Back door) GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace door switch. WIIA1245E

4.CHECK BACK DOOR SWITCH GROUND

Revision: May 2007 BL-64 2008 Versa


REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check continuity between back door lock assembly connector D405
terminal 4 and ground. A

4 - Ground : Continuity should exist.


OK or NG B
OK >> Back door switch circuit is OK.
NG >> Repair or replace harness.
C

WIIA1246E

D
Door Switch Check (Sedan) INFOID:0000000001703987

1.CHECK DOOR SWITCHES INPUT SIGNAL E


With CONSULT-III
Check door switches ("DOOR SW-DR", "DOOR SW-AS", "DOOR SW-RL", "DOOR SW-RR") in DATA MONI-
TOR mode with CONSULT–III. Refer to BL-58, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)". F
• When doors are open:

DOOR SW-DR : ON
G
DOOR SW-AS : ON
DOOR SW-RL : ON
DOOR SW-RR : ON H
• When doors are closed:

DOOR SW-DR : OFF BL


DOOR SW-AS : OFF
DOOR SW-RL : OFF J
DOOR SW-RR : OFF

Without CONSULT-III K
Check voltage between BCM connector M18 or M19 terminals 12, 13, 47, 48 and ground.

Terminals Voltage (V) L


Connector Item Condition
(+) (–) (Approx.)

Front door
47 M
switch LH
M19
Rear door
48 Open 0
switch LH
Ground ↓ ↓ N
Front door Closed Battery voltage
12
switch RH
M18
LIIA1177E
Rear door
13
switch RH O
OK or NG
OK >> Door switch circuit is OK.
NG >> GO TO 2. P

2.CHECK DOOR SWITCH CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect door switch and BCM.
3. Check continuity between door switch connector B8 (Front LH) or B108 (Front RH) terminal 2, B6 (Rear
LH) or B116 (Rear RH) terminal 1 and BCM connector M18, M19 terminals 12, 13, 47 and 48.

Revision: May 2007 BL-65 2008 Versa


REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

2 - 47 : Continuity should exist.


2 - 12 : Continuity should exist.
1 - 48 : Continuity should exist.
1 - 13 : Continuity should exist.
4. Check continuity between door switch connector B8 (Front LH)
or B108 (Front RH) terminal 2, B6 (Rear LH) or B116 (Rear RH)
terminal 1 and ground.

2 - Ground : Continuity should not exist. LIIA1350E

1 - Ground : Continuity should not exist.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK DOOR SWITCHES
Check continuity between door switch terminal and switch case ground.

Condition of
Component Terminals Continuity
switch

Front door switch Pushed No


2 – Case ground
LH/RH Released Yes

Rear door switch Pushed No


1 – Case ground
LH/RH Released Yes
OK or NG
OK >> Check door switch case ground condition. LIIA0550E
NG >> Replace door switch.
Key Switch (Insert) Check INFOID:0000000001703988

1.CHECK KEY SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL


With CONSULT-III
Check key switch "KEY ON SW" in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT–III. Refer to BL-36, "CONSULT-III
Function (BCM)" .
• When key is inserted into ignition key cylinder:

KEY ON SW : ON
• When key is removed from ignition key cylinder:

KEY ON SW : OFF

Without CONSULT-III
Check voltage between BCM connector and ground.

Revision: May 2007 BL-66 2008 Versa


REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

Terminals Voltage (V)


A
Connector Condition
(+) (–) (Approx.)

Key is inserted. Battery voltage


M18 37 Ground B
Key is removed. 0
OK or NG
OK >> Key switch circuit is OK. C
NG >> GO TO 2.
LIIA0567E

2.CHECK KEY SWITCH D

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect key switch and key lock solenoid connector.
E
3. Check key switch.

Terminals Condition Continuity


F
Key is inserted. Yes
1–2
Key is removed. No
OK or NG G
OK >> Check the following.
• 10A fuse [No. 14, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• Harness for open or short between key switch and H
fuse
• Harness for open or short between BCM and key PIIB6411E

switch BL
NG >> Replace key switch and key lock solenoid.
Hazard Function Check INFOID:0000000001703989

J
1.CHECK HAZARD WARNING LAMP
Does hazard warning lamp flash with hazard switch?
OK or NG K
OK >> Hazard warning lamp circuit is OK.
NG >> Check hazard circuit. Refer to LT-48 .
L
Horn Function Check INFOID:0000000001703990

First perform the “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” in “BCM” with CONSULT-III, then perform the trouble diagnosis of
malfunction system indicated “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” of “BCM”. Refer to BCS-17, "CAN Communication M
Inspection Using CONSULT-III (Self-Diagnosis)" .
1.CHECK HORN FUNCTION N
Does horn sound with horn switch?
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. O
NG >> Check horn circuit. Refer to WW-37 .
2.CHECK IPDM E/R INPUT SIGNAL
Check voltage between IPDM E/R connector and ground. P

Revision: May 2007 BL-67 2008 Versa


REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

Terminals
Voltage (V)
(+)
(–) (Approx.)
IPDM E/R connector Terminal
E46 45 Ground Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-26, "Removal and
Installation of IPDM E/R"
NG >> GO TO 3. WIIA1251E

3.CHECK HORN RELAY CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R and horn relay connector.
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and
horn relay harness connector.

A B
IPDM E/R Horn relay Continuity
Terminal Terminal
connector connector
E46 45 H-1 1 Yes
4. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and
ground.
WIIA1252E

A
Continuity
IPDM E/R connector Terminal Ground
E46 45 No
OK or NG
OK >> Check condition of harness and connector.
NG >> Repair or replace harness.
Interior Lamp and Ignition Keyhole Illumination Function Check INFOID:0000000001703991

1.CHECK INTERIOR LAMP AND IGNITION KEYHOLE ILLUMINATION FUNCTION


When map lamp switch is in “DOOR” position, open the front door (LH or RH).
Does interior lamp illuminate?
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM" .
NO >> Check interior lamp circuit. Refer to LT-89 .
Remote Keyless Entry Receiver Check INFOID:0000000001703992

1.CHECK REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER OUTPUT SIGNAL


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check remote keyless entry receiver connector and ground signal with oscilloscope.

Revision: May 2007 BL-68 2008 Versa


REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

Terminals A
(+)
Remote Keyfob Signal
keyless condition (Reference value) B
(–)
entry re- Terminal
ceiver
connector
C

PIIB6457E

D
No function

E
OCC3879D
M23 2 Ground

Any button
is pressed
G

OCC3880D

OK or NG H
OK >> Remote keyless entry receiver circuit is OK.
NG >> GO TO 2.
BL
2.CHECK REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER INPUT VOLTAGE
1. Disconnect remote keyless entry receiver connector.
2. Check voltage between remote keyless entry receiver connector M23 terminal 4 and ground. J

Terminals
(+) K
Voltage (V)
Remote keyless (–) (Approx.)
entry receiver Terminal
connector L
M23 4 Ground 4.5
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. M
PIIB6458E
NG >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT N
1. Disconnect BCM connector.
2. Check continuity between BCM connector (A) M18 terminal 19 and remote keyless entry receiver connec-
tor (B) M23 terminal 4.
O

A B
Remote keyless Continuity P
BCM connector Terminal entry receiver Terminal
connector
M18 19 M23 4 Yes
3. Check continuity between BCM connector (A) M18 terminal 19
and ground.

PIIB6459E

Revision: May 2007 BL-69 2008 Versa


REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

A
Continuity
BCM connector Terminal Ground
M18 19 No
OK or NG
OK >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM" .
NG >> Repair or replace the harness.
4.CHECK REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between remote keyless entry receiver connector M23 terminal 1 and ground.

Remote keyless entry


Terminal Continuity
receiver connector Ground
M23 1 Yes
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

PIIB6460E

5.CHECK REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER GROUND CIRCUIT


Check continuity between BCM connector (A) M18 terminal 18 and remote keyless entry receiver connector
(B) M23 terminal 1.

A B
Remote keyless Continuity
BCM connector Terminal entry receiver Terminal
connector
M18 18 M23 1 Yes
OK or NG
OK >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installa-
tion of BCM" .
NG >> Repair or replace the harness. PIIB6461E

6.CHECK REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1. Check continuity between BCM connector (A) M18 terminal 20 and remote keyless entry receiver connec-
tor (B) M23 terminal 2.

A B
Remote keyless Continuity
BCM connector Terminal entry receiver Terminal
connector
M18 20 M23 2 Yes
2. Check continuity between BCM connector (A) M18 terminal 20
and ground.

A PIIB6462E

Continuity
BCM connector Terminal Ground
M18 20 No
OK or NG
OK >> Replace remote keyless entry receiver. Refer to BL-73, "Removal and Installation of Remote Key-
less Entry Receiver" .

Revision: May 2007 BL-70 2008 Versa


REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NG >> Repair or replace harness.
A
Keyfob Function (Lock) Check INFOID:0000000001703993

1.CHECK KEYFOB FUNCTION B


With CONSULT-III
Check keyfob function in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. When pushing lock button of keyfob, the
corresponding monitor item should be turned as follows.
C

Test item Condition


Pushing LOCK button: ON D
KEYLESS LOCK
Other than above: OFF
OK or NG
E
OK >> Keyfob is OK.
NG >> Replace keyfob.
Keyfob Function (Unlock) Check INFOID:0000000001703994
F

1.CHECK KEYFOB FUNCTION


With CONSULT-III G
Check keyfob function in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. When pushing unlock button of keyfob,
the corresponding monitor item should be turned as follows.
H
Test item Condition
Pushing UNLOCK button: ON
KEYLESS UNLOCK BL
Other than above: OFF
OK or NG
OK >> Keyfob is OK. J
NG >> Replace keyfob.
ID Code Entry Procedure INFOID:0000000001703995

K
KEYFOB ID SET UP WITH CONSULT-III
NOTE:
• If a keyfob is lost, the ID code of the lost keyfob must be erased to prevent unauthorized use. A spe- L
cific ID code can be erased with CONSULT-III. However, when the ID code of a lost keyfob is not
known, all controller ID codes should be erased. After all ID codes are erased, the ID codes of all
remaining and/or new keyfobs must be re-registered.
• When registering an additional keyfob, the existing ID codes in memory may or may not be erased. If M
five ID codes are stored in memory, when an additional code is registered, only the oldest code is
erased. If less than five ID codes are stored in memory, when an additional ID code is registered, the
new ID code is added and no ID codes are erased. N
• Entry of maximum five ID codes is allowed. When more than five ID codes are entered, the oldest ID
code will be erased.
• Even if same ID code that is already in the memory is input, the same ID code can be entered. The
O
code is counted as an additional code.
1. Touch “MULTI REMOTE ENT”.

2. Touch “WORK SUPPORT”. P

3. The items are shown on the figure can be set up.


• “REMO CONT ID CONFIR”
Use this mode to confirm if a keyfob ID code is registered or not.
• “REMO CONT ID REGIST”
Use this mode to register a keyfob ID code.
NOTE:

Revision: May 2007 BL-71 2008 Versa


REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Register the ID code when keyfob or BCM is replaced, or when additional keyfob is required.
• “REMO CONT ID ERASUR”
Use this mode to erase a keyfob ID code.
KEYFOB ID SET UP WITHOUT CONSULT-III

LIIA1513E

NOTE:
• If a keyfob is lost, the ID code of the lost keyfob must be erased to prevent unauthorized use. A specific ID
code can be erased with CONSULT-III. However, when the ID code of a lost keyfob is not known, all control-
ler ID codes should be erased. After all ID codes are erased, the ID codes of all remaining and/or new key-
fobs must be re-registered.
Revision: May 2007 BL-72 2008 Versa
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
To erase all ID codes in memory, register one ID code (keyfob) five times. After all ID codes are erased, the
ID codes of all remaining and/or new keyfobs must be re-registered. A
• When registering an additional keyfob, the existing ID codes in memory may or may not be erased. If five ID
codes are stored in memory, when an additional code is registered, only the oldest code is erased. If less
than five ID codes are stored in memory, when an additional ID code is registered, the new ID code is added
B
and no ID codes are erased.
• If you need to activate more than two additional new keyfobs, repeat the procedure “Additional ID code
entry” for each new keyfob.
• Entry of maximum five ID codes is allowed. When more than five ID codes are entered, the oldest ID code C
will be erased.
• Even if same ID code that is already in the memory is input, the same ID code can be entered. The code is
counted as an additional code. D
Keyfob Battery Replacement INFOID:0000000001703996

BL

PIIA4706E
L

Removal and Installation of Remote Keyless Entry Receiver INFOID:0000000001703997

M
REMOVAL
1. Remove glove box assembly. Refer to IP-11, "Removal and Installation" .
2. Disconnect remote keyless entry receiver connector, remove N
screw and remote keyless entry receiver.

PIIB6541E

INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: May 2007 BL-73 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location INFOID:0000000001703998

LIIA2916E

Revision: May 2007 BL-74 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

BL

LIIA2917E
K

1. Horn (Low) E18, E20 2. Horn (High) E21, E22 3. Horn relay H-1
(view with front fascia removed) L
4. Instrument panel antenna M10 5. BCM M18, M19, M20 6. Intelligent Key Unit M52
(view with glove box removed)
7. Combination meter M24 8. Intelligent key "KEY" warning indicator 9a. Intelligent key warning indicator (CVT)
M
9b. Intelligent key warning indicator (M/T)
10. Stop lamp switch E13 11. Steering lock solenoid M6 12. Key switch and ignition knob switch
(bottom view of steering column) M73
13. CVT device (park position switch) 14. Intelligent key warning buzzer (front door 15. Front outside antenna LH D10, RH N
M38 LH) D6 D106
(view with front door finisher LH removed)
16. Front door request switch LH D5, 17. Front door lock actuator LH (door unlock 18. Front door switch LH B8, RH B108 O
RH D103 sensor) D3
19. Rear door switch LH B6, RH B116 20. Front console antenna B3 21. Rear floor antenna B12
(view with front console removed) (behind rear seat)
P
22. Trunk opener request switch B129 23. Back door request switch D406 24. Back door lock assembly (back door
(sedan) (hatchback) switch) D405 (hatchback view with
back door open)
25. Rear bumper antenna B2 26. Intelligent Key warning buzzer (trunk) B32
(view with rear fascia removed) (sedan)

Revision: May 2007 BL-75 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
System Description INFOID:0000000001703999

• The Intelligent Key system is a system that makes it possible to lock and unlock the door locks (door lock/
unlock function), and start the engine (engine start function) by carrying around the Intelligent Key (without
some key operation), which operates based on the results of electronic ID verification using two-way com-
munications between the Intelligent Key and the vehicle (Intelligent Key unit).
• Vehicles equipped with a manual transmission include a key interlock solenoid located in the steering col-
umn to prevent accidental shut-off of the ignition switch and locking of the steering wheel during driving con-
dition when the vehicle is moving.
CAUTION:
The driver should always carry the Intelligent Key
• Operation of the remote controller buttons on the Intelligent Key also provides the same functions as the
remote control entry system. (Remote keyless entry functions)
• If an action that does not meet the operating conditions of the Intelligent Key system is taken, the buzzer
goes off to inform the driver. (Warning chime functions)
• When a door lock is locked or unlocked with request switch or remote controller button operation, the hazard
lamps flash and the buzzer (outside vehicle) sounds (Hazard and buzzer reminder function).
• Even if the Intelligent Key battery is completely discharged, the door locks can be locked and unlocked and
the engine started with the mechanical key built into the Intelligent Key.
• The settings for each function can be changed with the CONSULT-III.
• If an Intelligent Key is lost, a new Intelligent Key can be registered. A maximum of 4 Intelligent Keys can be
registered.
• It has been made possible to diagnose the system and register an Intelligent Key with the CONSULT-III.
DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK FUNCTION
Only when pressing the request switch, it is possible to lock and unlock the door by carrying around the Intelli-
gent Key (without some key operation).
System Diagram

LIIA2926E

Operation Description
• When the Intelligent Key unit detects that each request switch is pressed, it starts the outside key antenna
and inside key antenna corresponding to the pressed request switch and sends the request signal to the
Intelligent Key. And then, make sure that the Intelligent Key is near door.
• If the Intelligent Key is within the outside key antenna detection area, it receives the request signal and
sends the key ID signal to the Intelligent Key unit.
• Intelligent Key unit receives the key ID signal and compares it with the registered key ID.
• If the key ID check result is OK, the Intelligent Key unit sends the door lock/unlock request signal to BCM
(Body control module) via CAN communication line.
• Intelligent Key unit sends the door lock/unlock signal and sounds Intelligent Key warning buzzer (lock: 2
times, unlock: 1 time) at the same time.
• When BCM receives the door lock/unlock signal, it operates door lock actuator and flashes the hazard warn-
ing lamp (lock: 2 times, unlock: 1 time) at the same time as reminder.
Operation Condition
If the following conditions are not satisfied, door lock/unlock operations are not performed even if the request
switch is operated.
Revision: May 2007 BL-76 2008 Versa
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

Each request switch operation Operation condition Operation A


• All doors and trunk (sedan) are closed
Lock operation • Intelligent Key is outside of the vehicle All doors lock
• Intelligent Key is within outside key antenna detection area
B
• All doors and trunk (sedan) are closed
Unlock Operation • Intelligent Key is outside of the vehicle All doors unlock
• Intelligent Key is within outside key antenna detection area*
C
*: Even with a registered Intelligent Key remaining inside the vehicle, door locks can be unlocked from outside of the vehicle with a spare
Intelligent Key as long as Key IDs are different.

Outside Key Antenna Detection Area D


The outside key antenna detection area of door lock/unlock function is in the range of approximately 80 cm
(31.50 in) surrounding the request switch (driver side, passenger side and back door or trunk area).
Hazard and Buzzer Reminder E
When all doors and trunk (sedan) are locked or unlocked by each request switch, Intelligent Key unit sends
hazard request signal to BCM via CAN communication line.
BCM flashes hazard warning lamps as a reminder and Intelligent Key unit sounds Intelligent Key warning
buzzer(s) as a reminder. F
Operating function of hazard and buzzer reminder

Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front door LH) G


Request switch operation Hazard warning lamp flash
Intelligent Key warning buzzer (trunk)*
Unlock Once Once
H
Lock Twice Twice
* : Sedan only

Auto Door Lock Function BL


When all doors and trunk (sedan) are locked, ignition knob switch is OFF (when ignition switch is not pressed)
and key switch is OFF (when mechanical key is out of ignition key cylinder), all doors are unlocked with each
request switch.
J
When Intelligent Key unit does not receive the following signals within 1 minute, all doors are locked.
• Door switch is ON (door is opened)
• Trunk lamp switch (sedan) is ON (trunk is opened)
• Door lock signal from Intelligent Key button K
• Ignition knob switch is ON (ignition switch is pressed)
• Key switch is ON (mechanical key is inserted in ignition key cylinder)
Auto door lock mode can be changed by “AUTO RELOCK TIMER” mode in “WORK SUPPORT”. Refer to BL- L
101, "CONSULT-III Application Item".
List of Operation Related Parts
Parts marked with × are the parts related to operation. M

Revision: May 2007 BL-77 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front door LH)


Back door lock assembly (back door switch)*

Request switch (driver, passenger, back)

Intelligent Key warning buzzer (trunk)**

CAN communication system


Door lock open function

Hazard warning lamp


Outside key antenna
Ignition knob switch

Inside key antenna

Intelligent Key unit


Door lock actuator
Intelligent Key

Door switch
Key switch

BCM
Door lock/unlock function by request switch × × × × × × × × × ×
Door lock/unlock function by mechanical key × ×
Hazard and buzzer reminder function × × × × × ×
Auto door lock function × × × × × × × ×
* : Hatchback
** : Sedan

KEY REMINDER FUNCTION


Key reminder functions have the following 2 functions.

Key reminder function Operation condition Operation


Right after all doors are closed under the following conditions.
• Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle • All doors unlock operation
Door is open to close • Any door is opened • Sound Intelligent Key warn-
• All doors are locked by door lock and unlock switch or door ing buzzer for 3 seconds
lock knob
CAUTION:
• The above function operates when the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. However, there may be
times when the Intelligent Key cannot be detected, and this function will not operate when the Intelli-
gent Key is on the instrument panel, rear parcel shelf or in the glove box. Also, this system some-
times does not operate if the Intelligent Key is in the door pocket of an open door.
List of Operation Related Parts
Parts marked with × are the parts related to operation
Intelligent Key warning buzzer(s)

CAN communication system


Inside key antenna

Intelligent Key unit


Door lock actuator

Key reminder functions


Unlock sensor
Intelligent Key

Door switch

BCM

Any door open to close × × × × × × × × ×

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTIONS


The Intelligent Key has the same functions as the remote keyless entry system. Therefore, it can be used in
the same manner as the keyfob by operating the door lock/unlock button.

Revision: May 2007 BL-78 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
System Diagram
A

E
LIIA2927E

Door Lock/Unlock Function


• When door lock/unlock button of the Intelligent Key is pressed, lock signal or unlock signal is sent from Intel- F
ligent Key to Intelligent Key unit.
• Intelligent Key unit sends the door lock/unlock request signal to BCM via CAN communication line.
• Intelligent Key unit sends the door lock/unlock signal and sounds Intelligent Key warning buzzer(s) G
(lock: 2 times, unlock: 1 time) at the same time.
• When BCM receives the door lock/unlock signal, it operates door lock actuator and flashes the hazard warn-
ing lamp (lock: 2 times, unlock: 1 time) at the same time as reminder.
H
Operation Condition

Remote controller operation Operation condition Operation


BL
Lock All doors are closed All doors lock

Hazard and Buzzer Reminder


When all doors are locked or unlocked by Intelligent Key button, Intelligent Key unit sends hazard request sig- J
nal to BCM via CAN communication line.
BCM flashes hazard warning lamps as a reminder and Intelligent Key unit sounds Intelligent Key warning
buzzer as a reminder. K
Operating function of hazard and buzzer reminder

Horns
Intelligent Key button operation Hazard warning lamp flash Intelligent Key warning buzzer(s) L
(High and low)
Lock Twice — Once
Unlock Once — — M
Auto Door Lock Function
When all doors are locked, ignition knob switch is OFF (when ignition switch is not pressed) and key switch is
OFF (when mechanical key is out of ignition key cylinder), doors are unlocked with Intelligent Key button. N
When Intelligent Key unit does not receive the following signals within 1 minute, all doors are locked.
• Door switch is ON (door is opened)
• Trunk lamp switch (sedan) is ON (trunk is opened) O
• Door is locked
• Ignition knob switch is ON (ignition switch is pressed)
• Key switch is ON (mechanical key is inserted in ignition switch)
Auto door lock mode can be changed by “AUTO RELOCK TIMER” mode in “WORK SUPPORT”. Refer to BL- P
101, "CONSULT-III Application Item".
Panic Alarm Function
When ignition knob switch is OFF (ignition switch is not pressed), or key switch is OFF (mechanical key is not
inserted in key cylinder), pressing and holding the panic alarm button on Intelligent Key will send a panic alarm
signal to Intelligent Key unit.
Intelligent Key unit sends alarm request signal to BCM via CAN communication line.

Revision: May 2007 BL-79 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BCM sends headlamp request signal and horn signal to IPDM E/R. Then, IPDM E/R turns on and off head-
lamp and horn intermittently.
The headlamp flashes and the horn sounds intermittently.
The alarm automatically turns off:
• After 25 seconds
• When Intelligent Key unit receives any signal from remote controller of Intelligent Key
• When door request switch is pressed (Intelligent Key is outside vehicle)
Panic alarm function's press and holding time value can be changed in “PANIC ALARM DELAY” mode in
“WORK SUPPORT”. Refer to BL-101, "CONSULT-III Application Item".
List of Operation Related Parts
Parts marked with × are the parts related to operation.

Back door lock assembly (back door switch)

Intelligent Key warning buzzer

CAN communication system


Remote keyless entry functions

Hazard warning lamp


Door request switch
Ignition knob switch

Intelligent Key unit


Door lock actuator
Intelligent Key

Door switch

Head lamp
Key switch

IPDM E/R
BCM

Horn
Door lock/unlock function by Intelligent Key button × × × × × × ×
Hazard and buzzer reminder function × × × × ×
Auto door lock function × × × × × × × ×
Panic alarm function × × × × × × × × × ×

ENGINE START FUNCTION


When the registered Intelligent Key is carried, the engine can be started without inserting the key.

WIIA1282E

When ignition knob switch is ON (press ignition switch), Intelligent Key unit searches Intelligent Key in the
vehicle using inside key antenna.
Then Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle, it performs the following operation.
• Illuminate green “KEY” warning lamp in combination meter.
• Released steering lock and ignition switch can be turned from OFF to ACC, ON or START position.
NOTE:
If Intelligent Key is not registered, “KEY” warning lamp in combination meter illuminates red.
• Intelligent Key sends engine start signal to BCM via CAN communication line.

Revision: May 2007 BL-80 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
When ignition switch turns to START position, BCM sends starter request signal to IPDM E/R. Then, engine
starts. A
Even if Intelligent Key battery runs down, Intelligent key unit can start engine with mechanical key built Intelli-
gent Key. For details, refer toBL-210.
All of the originally supplied Intelligent Key IDs (except for key) have been registered in Intelligent Key system.
B
If requested by the vehicle owner, a maximum of four Intelligent Key IDs can be registered into the Intelligent
Key system components.
List of Operation Related Parts
C
Parts marked with × are the parts related to operation.

CAN communication system


D

Steering lock solenoid


NATS antenna amp.
Ignition knob switch

Combination meter
Inside key antenna

Intelligent Key unit


Engine start functions E

Intelligent Key

Key switch

IPDM E/R
BCM
F

Engine start function by the Intelligent Key × × × × × × × × × ×


Engine start function by the mechanical key × × × × × × × G

WARNING CHIME/BUZZER/LAMPS FUNCTION


Operation Description H
The following warning chime (combination meter), Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front door LH), Intelligent
Key warning buzzer (trunk)*, warning lamps "KEY" and “P-SHIFT” (with CVT) or "LOCK" (with M/T) are given
to the user as warning information while using the intelligent key system. BL
• Ignition switch warning chime
• Ignition key warning chime
• OFF position warning chime
J
• Take away warning chime
• Door lock operation warning chime
• Intelligent key low battery warning
• P position warning (with CVT) K
• LOCK position warning (with M/T)
NOTE:
For key-in-ignition warning chime related concerns only, refer to DI-41. L
* : Sedan
Operation Condition
M
Warning chime/buzzer Warning lamp

Operation Condition Chime


LOCK P-SHIFT
(combina- Buzzer(s) KEY
(M/T) (CVT) N
tion meter)
• Mechanical key is out of ignition switch
(Key switch is OFF)
• Ignition switch is in the ACC, OFF or O
Ignition switch warning chime LOCK position. activate — — — —
[ignition switch is pressed
(ignition knob switch is ON).]
• Driver door is open. P
• Mechanical key is inserted in ignition
switch (key switch is ON).
Ignition key warning chime
• Ignition switch is in the ACC, OFF or activate — — — —
(When mechanical key is used)
LOCK position.
• Driver door is open.

Revision: May 2007 BL-81 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Warning chime/buzzer Warning lamp

Operation Condition Chime


LOCK P-SHIFT
(combina- Buzzer(s) KEY
(M/T) (CVT)
tion meter)
When selector lever is in other than P po-
P position warning (CVT) sition, ignition switch is turned from ON to activate — — — Flash
OFF.
• Ignition switch is turned from ACC to
OFF.
[ignition switch is pressed (ignition knob
For internal activate — — Flash —
switch is ON).]
OFF position warn- • Ignition switch is in the LOCK position
ing chime and pressed for 1 second.
When driver door is opened and then
For external closed while the OFF position warning — activate — — —
chime above is operating
Right after door is closed and the following
conditions are met.
Right after • Ignition knob is pressed and in rotatable Flash
— activate — —
door is closed or rotated state (red)
• Intelligent Key can not be detected in-
side the vehicle
Any door is opened and the following con-
ditions are met.
• Ignition knob is pressed and in rotatable
Any door is or rotated state Flash
— — — —
opened • Intelligent Key unit will perform key ID (red)
verification with Intelligent Key through
inside key antenna every 5 second, if
the key ID verification is NG.
Take away warning
Take away from the window and the fol-
lowing conditions are met.
• Ignition knob is pressed and in rotatable
or rotated state
• Vehicle speed below 5 km/h (3 m.p.h.)
• Intelligent Key unit will perform key ID
Take away
verification with Intelligent Key through Flash
from the win- activate — — —
inside key antenna every 30 second, if (red)
dow
the key ID verification is NG.
(This warning function will be disabled if
mechanical key is inserted into the key
cylinder.)
NOTE:
Default setting of this function is OFF.
Lock opera- Lock operation with request switch and
Door lock opera-
tion with re- the following condition is met. — activate — — —
tion warning
quest switch • Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle
When Intelligent Key is low battery, Intelli-
Flash
Intelligent Key low battery warning gent Key unit is detected after ignition — — — —
(green)
switch is turned ON.

List of Operation Related Parts


Parts marked with × are the parts related to operation.

Revision: May 2007 BL-82 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

Outside key antenna (Driver, Passenger)


A

Ignition switch ACC position input signal

Ignition switch ON position input signal

Warning chime (combination meter)


Outside key antenna (rear bumper)

Intelligent Key warning buzzer(s)


B

CAN communication system


Warning and alarm functions

Door request switch


Ignition knob switch
C

Inside key antenna

Intelligent Key unit


Intelligent Key

Warning lamp
Door switch
Key switch
D

BCM
Ignition switch warning chime × × × × × × × E
Ignition key warning chime
× × × × × ×
(When mechanical key used)
For internal × × × × × × × × × F
OFF position warning chime
For external × × × × × × × × ×
Right after door is
× × × × × × × × × × G
closed
Take away warning chime Any door is open × × × × × × × × ×
Take away from H
× × × × × × × × × × ×
window
Door lock operation warning chime × × × × × × × × ×
Intelligent Key low battery warning × × × × × × BL
CHANGE SETTINGS FUNCTION
The settings for each function can be changed with the CONSULT-III.
J
Changing Settings Using CONSULT-III
The settings for the Intelligent Key system functions can be changed using CONSULT-III (WORK SUPPORT).
Refer to BL-101, "CONSULT-III Application Item".
NOTE: K
Once a function setting is changed, it will remain effective even if the battery is disconnected.
INTELLIGENT KEY REGISTRATION
L
Intelligent Key-ID registration is performed using the CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
• After a new Intelligent Key-ID is registered, be sure to check the function.
• When registering an additional Intelligent Key-ID, take any Intelligent Keys already registered and M
Intelligent Keys for any other vehicles out of the vehicle before starting.
CONSULT-III can be used to check and delete Intelligent Key-IDs.
For further information, see the CONSULT-III Operation Manual NATS. N
STEERING LOCK SOLENOID REGISTRATION
Steering Lock Solenoid ID Registration
CAUTION: O
• The method for registering a steering lock solenoid ID depends on the status of the steering lock
solenoid and Intelligent Key unit (new or old unit).
• After registration is completed, press ignition switch with an Intelligent Key in the vehicle so that it P
can be turned, and confirm that it cannot be turned even when ignition switch is pressed without an
Intelligent Key in the vehicle.
For further information, see the CONSULT-III Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS.
CAN Communication System Description INFOID:0000000001704000

Refer to LAN-6.

Revision: May 2007 BL-83 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Schematic INFOID:0000000001704001

ALKWA0194GB

Revision: May 2007 BL-84 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

BL

WIWA2272E

Revision: May 2007 BL-85 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - I/KEY - INFOID:0000000001704002

WIWA2287E

Revision: May 2007 BL-86 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

BL

WIWA2273E

Revision: May 2007 BL-87 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

ALKWA0195GB

Revision: May 2007 BL-88 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

BL

ALKWA0196GB

Revision: May 2007 BL-89 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

LIWA0550E

Revision: May 2007 BL-90 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

BL

WIWA2288E

Revision: May 2007 BL-91 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

WIWA2276E

Revision: May 2007 BL-92 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

BL

WIWA2277E

Revision: May 2007 BL-93 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

WIWA2285E

Revision: May 2007 BL-94 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

BL

WIWA2286E

Revision: May 2007 BL-95 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Intelligent Key Unit Harness Connector Terminal Layout INFOID:0000000001704003

WIIA1168E

Terminal and Reference Value for Intelligent Key Unit INFOID:0000000001704004

Condition
Wire Ignition Voltage (V)
Terminal Item
Color Switch Operation or Conditions Approx.
Position
Steering lock solenoid
1 R LOCK — 5
power supply
2 L CAN-H — — —
3 P CAN-L — — —

Intelligent Key warning Operate door request Buzzer OFF Battery voltage
4 O LOCK
buzzer switch. Sound buzzer 0

Front door request Press door request switch (driver side). 0


5 G —
switch LH Other than above 5
6 Y Ignition switch (ON) ON — Battery voltage
Insert mechanical key into ignition switch. Battery voltage
7 LG Key switch LOCK Remove mechanical key from ignition
0
switch.

CVT device (park posi- Shift lever in park position. 0


10*1 W
tion switch)
ON
Other than above Battery voltage
11 SB Power source (Fuse) — — Battery voltage
12 B Ground — — 0
Instrument panel an-
13 V
tenna (+) signal

• Any door open → all door close


LOCK • Press ignition knob switch: ON (Ignition
Instrument panel an- knob switch)
14 LG
tenna (-) signal

PIIB5502J

Front console antenna


15 L
(+) signal

• Any door open → all door close


LOCK • Press ignition knob switch: ON (Ignition
Front console antenna knob switch)
16 P
(-) signal

PIIB5502J

Revision: May 2007 BL-96 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Condition
Wire Voltage (V) A
Terminal Item Ignition
Color Switch Operation or Conditions Approx.
Position
Rear bumper antenna B
17 W
(+) signal

LOCK Press back door request switch. C


Rear bumper antenna
18 B
(-) signal

SIIA1910J D
Front outside antenna
19 V
LH (+) signal
E
LOCK Press door request switch LH.
Front outside antenna
20 P
LH (-) signal
F
SIIA1910J

With Intelligent Key present or mechanical


key in ignition cylinder, press "PUSH" but- Battery voltage G
22*2 BR Key interlock solenoid — ton on ignition cylinder.
Other than above 0
H
Back door open (switch closed) 0
23 LG Back door open output —
Back door closed (switch open) 5

Back door opener Press and hold back door switch. 0 BL


24 V —
switch Other than above 5

Front door request Press front door request switch RH. 0


25 L — J
switch RH Other than above 5
Depress brake pedal Battery voltage
26 SB Stop lamp switch —
Other than above 0
K
Press ignition switch. Battery voltage
27 W Ignition knob switch —
Release ignition switch. 0

Unlock sensor Door (driver side) is locked. 5 L


28 Y —
(driver side) Door (driver side) is unlocked. 0

Back door request Press back door request switch. 0


— M
switch (hatchback) Other than above 5
29 V
Trunk opener request Press trunk opener request switch. 0

switch (sedan) Other than above 5 N
Steering lock solenoid
31 BR — — 0
ground
O

When Intelligent Key is inside vehicle,


Steering lock solenoid P
32 GR LOCK press ignition knob switch.
communication signal

SIIA1911J

Other than above 5

Revision: May 2007 BL-97 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Condition
Wire Ignition Voltage (V)
Terminal Item
Color Switch Operation or Conditions Approx.
Position
Rear floor antenna (+)
33 R
signal

• Any door open → all door close


LOCK • Press ignition knob switch: ON (Ignition
Rear floor antenna (-) knob switch)
34 G
signal

PIIB5502J

Front outside antenna


37 BR
RH (+) signal

LOCK Press door request switch RH.


Front outside antenna
38 Y
RH (-) signal

SIIA1910J

*1: With continuously variable transmission (CVT).


*2: With manual transmission (M/T).

Steering Lock Solenoid Harness Connector Terminal Layout INFOID:0000000001704005

WIIA1283E

Terminal and Reference Value for Steering Lock Solenoid INFOID:0000000001704006

Condition
Termi- Wire Ignition Voltage (V)
Signal Designation
nal Color Switch Posi- Operation or Conditions Approx.
tion
1 P Battery power supply LOCK — Battery voltage
Steering lock solenoid
2 R LOCK — 5
power supply

When Intelligent Key is inside ve-


Steering lock solenoid hicle, press ignition knob switch.
3 GR LOCK
communication signal

SIIA1911J

Other than the above 5


Steering lock solenoid
4 BR — — 0
ground

Revision: May 2007 BL-98 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM INFOID:0000000001704007

A
Refer to BCS-11, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM".
Trouble Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001704008
B
PRELIMINARY CHECK
1.GET SYMPTOMS C
Listen to customer concerns. (Get symptoms)
NOTE:
If customer reports a “No start” condition, request all Intelligent Keys to be brought to the dealer in case of D
Intelligent Key system malfunction.

Intelligent Key or mechanical key service request>>For further information, refer to CONSULT-III operation E
manual.
Malfunctions>>GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BCM CONFIGURATION F
Confirm BCM configuration for "I-KEY" is set to "WITH". Refer to BCS-17, "Configuration".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. G
NG >> Change BCM configuration for "I-KEY" to "WITH". Refer to BCS-17, "Configuration".
3.START ENGINE WITH INTELLIGENT KEY H
Check if the engine could be started by all registered Intelligent Keys.

The engine cannot be started by some Intelligent Keys>>Intelligent Key is low battery or malfunction. Refer BL
to BL-142, "Intelligent Key Battery Replacement".
The engine cannot be started by all Intelligent Keys>>GO TO 4.
The engine can be started by all Intelligent Keys>>GO TO 5. J
4.CHECK “KEY” WARNING LAMP ILLUMINATION
When pushing the ignition switch, check if “KEY” warning lamp in combination meter illuminates.
K
KEY warning lamp illuminates green>>GO TO BL-103, "Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart".
KEY warning lamp illuminates red>>GO TO BL-103, "Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart".
Does not illuminate>>GO TO BL-103, "Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart". L
5.START ENGINE WITH MECHANICAL KEY
Check if the engine could be started by all registered mechanical keys. M

No start by some mechanical keys>>Register mechanical key. Refer to CONSULT-III operation manual.
Engine starts by mechanical or Intelligent Key>>GO TO BL-103, "Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart". N
No start by mechanical key or Intelligent Key>>GO TO NATS BL-215, "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure".
Engine starts with Intelligent Key or mechanical key>>GO TO "WORK FLOW".
The engine can be started by all mechanical keys>>GO TO 6.
O
6.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
1. Turn ignition switch to ON by carrying the Intelligent Key.
2. Perform self-diagnosis of Intelligent Key system with CONSULT-III. P

DTC is displayed>>GO TO BL-101, "CONSULT-III Application Item".


DTC is not displayed>>GO TO BL-103, "Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart".
WORK FLOW
Before performing the work flow, carry out preliminary check. Refer to "PRELIMINARY CHECK".

Revision: May 2007 BL-99 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1.CHECK FUNCTION OF INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
Check if the function related to Intelligent Key system operates normally.

All functions of Intelligent Key system do not operate>>GO TO BL-103, "Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart".
Specific function of Intelligent Key system does not operate>>GO TO 2.
2.CHECK POWER DOOR LOCK OPERATION
Check if door lock/unlock function operates with door lock and unlock switch.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO BL-22.
3.CHECK DOOR REQUEST SWITCH OPERATION
Check if door lock/unlock function operates with request switch.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO BL-103, "Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart".
4.CHECK REMOTE KEYLESS FUNCTION
Check if the following function responds with Intelligent Key button.
• Door lock/unlock function
• Panic alarm function
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO BL-103, "Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart".
5.CHECK HAZARD AND BUZZER REMINDER FUNCTION
Check if hazard and buzzer reminder function responds with the following switches.
• Door request switch
• Intelligent Key button
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO BL-103, "Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart".
6.CHECK WARNING CHIME FUNCTION
Check if warning chime function operates normally according to system description. Refer to BL-76, "System
Description".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO BL-103, "Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart".
7.CHECK WARNING LAMP FUNCTION
Check if warning lamp could be turn on normally according to system description. Refer to BL-76, "System
Description".
OK or NG
OK >> End of inspection.
NG >> GO TO BL-103, "Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart".
CONSULT-III Functions (INTELLIGENT KEY) INFOID:0000000001704009

CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes as shown below.

Revision: May 2007 BL-100 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

Part to be diagnosed Test item, Diagnosis mode Description A


WORK SUPPORT Changes settings for each function.
SELF-DIAG RESULTS Intelligent Key unit performs CAN communication diagnosis.
B
DATA MONITOR Displays Intelligent Key unit input data in real time.

Intelligent Key CAN DIAGNOSTIC SUPPORT The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN Communication can
MONITOR be read.
C
Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending driving signal
ACTIVE TEST
to them.
ECU PART NUMBER Displays Intelligent Key unit part No. D

CONSULT-III Application Item INFOID:0000000001704011

E
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

Self-diag results Description Diagnosis procedure Reference page


F
CAN COMM Malfunction is detected in CAN communication. Check CAN communication system. BL-109
CAN COMM2 Intelligent Key unit internal malfunction Check CAN communication system. BL-109
Malfunction is detected in communication of Intelli- G
STRG COMM Check steering lock solenoid. BL-131
gent Key unit and steering lock solenoid.
I-KEY C/U Intelligent Key unit internal malfunction Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-142
IMMU NATS malfunction Check NATS. BL-210 H

DATA MONITOR
BL
Monitor item Content
PUSH SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition knob switch.
KEY SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of key switch. J
DR REQ SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of door request switch (driver side).
AS REQ SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of door request switch (passenger side).
BD/TR REQ SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of back door request switch.
K
IGN SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition switch in ON position.
ACC SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition switch in ACC position. L
STOP LAMP SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of stop lamp switch.
P RANGE SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of shift lever park position.
BD OPEN SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of back door open switch. M
DOOR LOCK SIG* Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of door lock signal from Intelligent Key button.
DOOR UNLOCK SIG* Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of door unlock signal from Intelligent Key button
N
Indicates [OPEN/CLOSE] condition of front door switch driver side from BCM via CAN communica-
DOOR SW DR*
tion line.
Indicates [OPEN/CLOSE] condition of front door switch passenger side from BCM via CAN commu-
DOOR SW AS* O
nication line.
DOOR SW RR* Indicates [OPEN/CLOSE] condition of rear door switch RH from BCM via CAN communication line.
DOOR SW RL* Indicates [OPEN/CLOSE] condition of rear door switch LH from BCM via CAN communication line. P
TRUNK SW* This is displayed even when it is not equipped.
VEHICLE SPEED* Indicates [km/h] condition of vehicle speed.
*: Select “SELECTION FROM MENU”.

ACTIVE TEST

Revision: May 2007 BL-101 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

Test item Description


This test is able to check door lock/unlock operation.
DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK • The all door lock actuators are unlocked when “ALL UNLK” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
• The all door lock actuators are locked when “LOCK” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
This test is able to check Intelligent Key antenna operation.
When the following conditions are met, hazard warning lamps flash.
• Inside key antenna (front console) detects Intelligent Key, when “ROOM ANT1” on CONSULT-
III screen is touched.
• Inside key antenna (instrument panel and rear floor) detects Intelligent Key, when “ROOM
ANT2” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
ANTENNA
• Outside key antenna (driver side) detects Intelligent Key, when “DRIVER ANT” on CONSULT-III
screen is touched.
• Outside key antenna (passenger side) detects Intelligent Key, when “ASSIST ANT” on CON-
SULT-III screen is touched.
• Outside key antenna (rear bumper) detects Intelligent Key, when “BK DOOR ANT” on CON-
SULT-III screen is touched.
OUTSIDE BUZZER(S) This test is able to check Intelligent Key warning buzzer operation.
(DRIVER DOOR), (TRUNK)* Intelligent Key warning buzzer sounds when “ON” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
This test is able to check Intelligent Key warning chime (Instrument panel) operation.
INSIDE BUZZER • Take away warning chime sounds when “TAKE OUT” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
(CHIME) • Ignition switch warning chime sounds when “KNOB” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
• Ignition key warning chime sounds when “KEY” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
This test is able to check warning lamp operation.
• “KEY” Warning lamp (Green) illuminates when “BLUE ON” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
• “KEY” Warning lamp (Red) illuminates when “RED ON” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
INDICATOR • “LOCK” Warning lamp illuminates when “KNOB ON” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
• “KEY” Warning lamp (Green) flashes when “BLUE IND” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
• “KEY” Warning lamp (RED) flashes when “BLUE IND” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
• “P-SHIFT” Warning lamp flashes when “KNOB ON” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
* : Sedan

WORK SUPPORT

Monitor item Description


CONFIRM KEY FOB ID It can be checked whether Intelligent Key ID code is registered or not in this mode.
Take away warning chime (from window) mode can be changed to operate (ON) or not operate
TAKE OUT FROM WINDOW
(OFF) with this mode. The operation mode will be changed when “CHANGE SETT” on CONSULT-
WARN
III screen is touched.
Intelligent Key low battery warning mode can be changed to operate (ON) or not operate (OFF)
LOW BAT OF KEY FOB WARN with this mode. The operation mode will be changed when “CHANGE SETT” on CONSULT-III
screen is touched.
Buzzer reminder function mode by Intelligent button can be changed to operate (ON) or not oper-
ANSWER BACK FUNCTION ate (OFF) with this mode. The operation mode will be changed when “CHANGE SETT” on CON-
SULT-III screen is touched.
Selective unlock function mode can be changed to operate (ON) or not operate (OFF) with this
SELECTIVE UNLOCK FUNC-
mode. The operation mode will be changed when “CHANGE SETT” on CONSULT-III screen is
TION
touched.
Key reminder function mode can be changed to operate (ON) or not operate (OFF) with this mode.
ANTI KEY LOCK IN FUNCTION
The operation mode will be changed when “CHANGE SETT” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
Horn reminder function mode by Intelligent Key remote control button can be changed to operate
HORN WITH KEYLESS LOCK (ON) or not operate (OFF) with this mode. The operation mode will be changed when “CHANGE
SETT” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
Hazard reminder function mode can be selected from the following with this mode. The operation
mode will be changed when “CHANGE SETT” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
• LOCK ONLY: Door lock operation only
HAZARD ANSWER BACK
• UNLOCK ONLY: Door unlock operation only
• LOCK/UNLOCK: Lock/Unlock operation
• OFF: Non-operation

Revision: May 2007 BL-102 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Monitor item Description
A
Buzzer reminder function (lock operation) mode by door request switch (driver side, passenger
side and back door side) can be selected from the following with this mode. The operation mode
ANSWER BACK WITH I-KEY
will be changed when “CHANGE SETT” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
LOCK
• BUZZER: Sound buzzer B
• OFF: Non-operation
ANSWER BACK WITH I-KEY UN- Buzzer reminder function (unlock operation) mode by door request switch can be changed to op-
LOCK erate (ON) or not operate (OFF) with this mode.
C
Auto door lock timer mode can select the following with this mode.
AUTO RELOCK TIMER • 1 minute
• OFF: Non-operation
D
Panic alarm button's pressing time on Intelligent Key remote control button can be selected from
the following with this mode. The operation mode will be changed when “CHANGE SETT” on
CONSULT-III screen is touched.
PANIC ALARM DELAY
• 0.5 second E
• 1.5 second
• OFF: Non-operation
Unlock button's pressing time on Intelligent Key remote control button can be selected from the
following with this mode. The operation mode will be changed when “CHANGE SETT” on CON-
F
SULT-III screen is touched.
P/W DOWN DELAY
• 3 seconds
• 5 seconds G
• OFF: Non-operation
Engine start function mode can be changed to operate (ON) or not operate (OFF) with this mode.
ENGINE START BY I-KEY
The operation mode will be changed when “CHANGE SETT” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
H
Door lock/unlock function by door request switch (driver side, passenger side and back door side)
LOCK/UNLOCK BY I-KEY mode can be changed to operate (ON) or not operate (OFF) with this mode. The operation mode
will be changed when “CHANGE SETT” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
BL
Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart INFOID:0000000001704012

KEY WARNING LAMP (GREEN) ILLUMINATES J


NOTE:
• Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check “Trouble Diagnosis Procedure”. Refer to BL-99,
"Trouble Diagnosis Procedure".
K
• Make sure that vehicle is under the condition shown in “Conditions of vehicle” before starting diagnosis, and
check each symptom.
• If the following “symptoms” are detected, check systems shown in the “Diagnoses/service procedure” col-
umn in this order. L
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)
• Intelligent Key is registered.
• Key is not inserted in ignition switch. M
• One or more registered Intelligent Keys are in the vehicle.

Symptom Diagnosis/service procedure Reference page N


Ignition switch does not turn on with Intelligent Key. 1. Check steering lock solenoid. BL-131
[KEY warning lamp (green) illuminates]. 2. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-142
O
KEY WARNING LAMP (RED) ILLUMINATES
NOTE:
• Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check “Trouble Diagnosis Procedure”. Refer to BL-99, P
"Trouble Diagnosis Procedure".
• Make sure that vehicle is under the condition shown in “Conditions of vehicle” before starting diagnosis, and
check each symptom.
• If the following “symptoms” are detected, check systems shown in the “Diagnoses/service procedure” col-
umn in this order.
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)
• Intelligent Key is registered.

Revision: May 2007 BL-103 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Key is not inserted in ignition switch.
• One or more registered Intelligent Keys are in the vehicle.

Symptom Diagnosis/service procedure Reference page

Ignition switch does not turn on with Intelligent Key. 1. Check inside key antenna. BL-129
[KEY warning lamp (red) illuminates]. 2. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-142

KEY WARNING LAMP DOES NOT ILLUMINATE


NOTE:
• Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check “Trouble Diagnosis Procedure”. Refer to BL-99,
"Trouble Diagnosis Procedure".
• Make sure that vehicle is under the condition shown in “Conditions of vehicle” before starting diagnosis, and
check each symptom.
• If the following “symptoms” are detected, check systems shown in the “Diagnoses/service procedure” col-
umn in this order.
• Check if ignition switch turns using mechanical key. If it turns, check if “ENGINE START BY I-KEY” in
“WORK SUPPORT” mode is ON.
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)
• Intelligent Key is registered.
• Mechanical key is out of ignition switch.
• One or more registered Intelligent Keys are in the vehicle.

Symptom Diagnosis/service procedure Reference page


1. Check Intelligent Key unit power supply and ground cir-
BL-110
cuit.
2. Check ignition knob switch. BL-113
Ignition switch does not turn on with Intelligent Key.
[GREEN key warning lamp does not illuminate]. 3. Check key switch. BL-110
4. Check "KEY" warning lamp (GREEN). BL-139
5. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-142

RED key warning lamp does not illuminate 1. Check "KEY" warning lamp (RED). BL-139
[Without Intelligent Key]. 2. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-142

NON-DTC ITEM
NOTE:
• Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check “Trouble Diagnosis Procedure”. Refer to BL-99,
"Trouble Diagnosis Procedure".
• Make sure that vehicle is under the condition shown in “Conditions of vehicle” before starting diagnosis, and
check each symptom.
• If the following “symptoms” are detected, check systems shown in the “Diagnoses/service procedure” col-
umn in this order.
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)
• Intelligent Key is registered.
• Multiple mechanical keys are not set in a keyfob.
(If mechanical keys are near the ignition switch, the operation may not work properly.)

Symptom Diagnosis/service procedure Reference page


1. Check key switch. BL-110
Non DTC Item
2. Check NATS antenna amp. BL-210

ENGINE START CONDITION CHECK


NOTE:
• Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check “Trouble Diagnosis Procedure”. Refer to BL-99,
"Trouble Diagnosis Procedure".

Revision: May 2007 BL-104 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• If the following “symptoms” are detected, check systems shown in the ”Diagnoses/service procedure” col-
umn in this order. A

Symptom Diagnosis/service procedure Reference page


1. Check CVT device (park position switch). B
BL-136
(With CVT)

Engine start condition check 2. Check key interlock solenoid (with M/T). BL-133
3. Check stop lamp switch (With CVT). BL-134
C

4. Check stop lamp switch (with M/T). BL-135

D
ALL FUNCTIONS OF INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM DO NOT OPERATE
NOTE:
• Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check “Trouble Diagnosis Procedure”. Refer to BL-99, E
"Trouble Diagnosis Procedure".
• Make sure that vehicle is under the condition shown in “Conditions of vehicle” before starting diagnosis, and
check each symptom.
• If the following “symptoms” are detected, check systems shown in the “Diagnosis/service procedure” column F
in this order.
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)
• “ENGINE START BY I-KEY” and “LOCK/UNLOCK BY I-KEY” are ON when setting on CONSULT-III. G
• Mechanical key is out of ignition switch.
• Ignition switch is not depressed.
• All doors are closed. H
• Intelligent key is registered.

Symptom Diagnosis/service procedure Reference page


BL
1. Check Intelligent Key unit power supply and ground
BL-110
circuit.
All function of Intelligent Key system dose not
operate. 2. Check Intelligent Key battery inspection. BL-142
J
3. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-142

DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK FUNCTION MALFUNCTION K


NOTE:
• Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check “Trouble Diagnosis Procedure”. Refer to BL-99,
"Trouble Diagnosis Procedure". L
• Make sure that vehicle is under the condition shown in “Conditions of vehicle” before starting diagnosis, and
check each symptom.
• If the following “symptoms” are detected, check systems shown in the “Diagnosis/procedure” column in this
order. M
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)
• “LOCK/UNLOCK BY I-KEY” is ON when setting on CONSULT-III.
• Mechanical key is out of ignition switch. N
• Ignition switch is not depressed.
• All doors are closed.
• Intelligent Key is registered. O

Symptom Diagnosis/service procedure Reference page


1. Check door switch (hatchback). BL-114 P
2. Check door switch (sedan). BL-117
Door lock/unlock does not operate by all request
3. Check key switch. BL-110
switches.
4. Check ignition knob switch. BL-113
5. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-142

Revision: May 2007 BL-105 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Symptom Diagnosis/service procedure Reference page
1. Check door request switch (driver side). BL-118
Door lock/unlock does not operate by request
2. Check outside key antenna (driver side). BL-126
switch (driver side).
3. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-142
1. Check door request switch (passenger side). BL-118
Door lock/unlock does not operate by request
2. Check outside key antenna (passenger side). BL-126
switch (passenger side).
3. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-142
1. Check back door request switch. BL-120
Door lock/unlock does not operate by back door
2. Check outside key antenna (rear bumper). BL-128
request switch (hatchback).
3. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-142
1. Check trunk opener request switch. BL-122
Door lock/unlock does not operate by trunk
2. Check outside key antenna (rear bumper). BL-128
opener request switch (sedan).
3. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-142
1. Check “AUTO RELOCK TIMER” setting in “WORK
BL-101
Auto lock function does not operate. SUPPORT”.
2. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-142
1. Check door switch (hatchback). BL-114
2. Check door switch (sedan). BL-117
3. Check inside key antenna. BL-129
Key reminder function does not operate.
4. Check unlock sensor. BL-124
5. Check Intelligent Key battery. BL-142
6. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-142

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION MALFUNCTION


NOTE:
• Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check “Trouble Diagnosis Procedure”. Refer to BL-99,
"Trouble Diagnosis Procedure".
• Make sure that vehicle is under the condition shown in “Conditions of vehicle” before starting diagnosis, and
check each symptom.
• If the following “symptoms” are detected, check systems shown in the “Diagnosis/service procedure” column
in this order.
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)
• Ignition switch is not depressed.
• All doors are closed.

Reference
Symptom Diagnosis/service procedure
page
1. Check Intelligent Key unit power supply and ground circuit. BL-110
2. Check key switch (BCM input). BL-112
All of the remote keyless entry functions do
3. Check Intelligent Key battery. BL-142
not operate.
4. Remote Keyless Entry function inspection. BL-142
5. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-142
1. Check “AUTO RELOCK TIMER” setting in “WORK SUPPORT”. BL-101
Auto lock function does not operate.
2. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-142

Revision: May 2007 BL-106 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Reference
Symptom Diagnosis/service procedure
page A
1. Check door switch (hatchback). BL-114
2. Check door switch (sedan). BL-117
B
3. Check inside key antenna. BL-129
Key reminder function does not operate.
4. Check unlock sensor. BL-124
5. Check Intelligent Key battery. BL-142 C
6. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-142
1. Check “PANIC ALARM DELAY” setting in “WORK SUPPORT”. BL-101
D
2. Check Intelligent Key battery inspection. BL-142
3. Check horn function. BL-140
Panic alarm function does not operate. 4. Check headlamp function. BL-141 E
5. Check key switch. BL-110
6. Check ignition knob switch. BL-113
7. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-142 F

HAZARD AND BUZZER REMINDER FUNCTION MALFUNCTION


NOTE: G
• Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check “Trouble Diagnosis Procedure”. Refer to BL-99,
"Trouble Diagnosis Procedure".
• Make sure that vehicle is under the condition shown in “Conditions of vehicle” before starting diagnosis, and
check each symptom. H
• If the following “symptoms” are detected, check systems shown in the “Diagnosis/service procedure” column
in this order.
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions) BL
• Ignition switch is not depressed.
• All doors are closed.
J
Symptom Diagnosis/service procedure Reference page
1. Check “HAZARD ANSWER BACK” setting in “WORK
BL-101
Hazard reminder does not operate by request SUPPORT”. K
switch.
2. Check hazard function with hazard switch. BL-140
(Buzzer reminder operate).
3. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-142
L
1. Check “ANSER BACK WITH I-KEY LOCK” or “ANSER
Buzzer reminder does
BACK WITH I-KEY UNLOCK” setting in “WORK SUP- BL-101
not operate by request Intelligent Key
PORT”.
switch. warning buzzer
(Hazard reminder oper- does not operate. 2. Check Intelligent Key warning buzzer(s). BL-125 M
ates).
3. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-142
1. Check “HAZARD ANSWER BACK” setting in “WORK
Hazard reminder does not operate by Intelli- SUPPORT”.
BL-101 N
gent Key (door lock/unlock button).
2. Check hazard function with hazard switch. BL-140
(Buzzer reminder operates properly).
3. Replace Intelligent Key. BL-142
O
Buzzer reminder does 1. Check “HORN WITH KEYLESS LOCK” setting in “WORK
BL-101
not operate by Intelligent SUPPORT”.
Intelligent Key
Key (door lock/unlock
warning buzzer 2. Check Intelligent Key warning buzzer(s). BL-125 P
button).
does not operate.
(Hazard reminder oper-
3. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-142
ates).

WARNING CHIME/BUZZER FUNCTION MALFUNCTION


NOTE:
• Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check “Trouble Diagnosis Procedure”. Refer to BL-99,
"Trouble Diagnosis Procedure".

Revision: May 2007 BL-107 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Make sure that vehicle is under the condition shown in “Conditions of vehicle” before starting diagnosis, and
check each symptom.
• If the following “symptoms” are detected, check systems shown in the “Diagnosis/service procedure” column
in this order.
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)
Warning chime/buzzer functions operating condition is extremely complicated, during operating confirmations,
reconfirm the list above twice in order to ensure proper operation.

Symptom Diagnosis/service procedure Reference page


1. Check ignition knob switch. BL-113
2. Check door switch (hatchback). BL-114

Ignition switch warning chime does not oper- 3. Check door switch (sedan). BL-117
ate. 4. Check key switch. BL-110
5. Check Intelligent Key warning chime. BL-140
6. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-142
1. Check key switch (Intelligent Key unit input). BL-110
2. Check key switch (BCM input). BL-112

Ignition key warning chime does not operate. 3. Check door switch (hatchback). BL-114
(When mechanical key used). 4. Check door switch (sedan). BL-117
5. Check Intelligent Key warning chime. BL-140
6. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-142
1. Check ignition switch position. BL-134
2. Check ignition knob switch. BL-113
OFF position warning chime (For internal)
3. Check key switch. BL-110
does not operate.
4. Check combination meter warning chime. BL-140
5. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-142
1. Check ignition switch position. BL-134
2. Check ignition knob switch. BL-113
Both Intelligent Key
warning chime and 3. Check key switch. BL-110
OFF position warning buzzer do not oper- 4. Check Intelligent Key warning chime. BL-140
chime/buzzer (for ex- ate.
ternal) does not oper- 5. Check Intelligent Key warning buzzer(s). BL-125
ate.
6. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-142
Intelligent Key warn-
ing buzzer does not Check Intelligent Key warning buzzer(s). BL-125
operate.
1. Check door switch (hatchback). BL-114
2. Check door switch (sedan). BL-117
Both Intelligent Key 3. Check inside key antenna. BL-129
warning chime and
Take away warning 4. Check key switch. BL-110
buzzer do not oper-
chime/buzzer (door ate. 5. Check Intelligent Key warning chime. BL-125
open to close) does
not operate. 6. Check Intelligent Key warning buzzer(s). BL-125
7. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-142
Intelligent Key warn-
ing buzzer does not Check Intelligent Key warning buzzer(s). BL-125
operate.

Revision: May 2007 BL-108 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Symptom Diagnosis/service procedure Reference page
A
Check “TAKE OUT FROM WINDOW WARN” setting in
1. BL-101
“WORK SUPPORT”.
2. Check inside key antenna. BL-129
Take away warning chime (through window)
B
3. Check key switch. BL-110
does not operate.
4. Check Intelligent Key battery. BL-142
5. Check Intelligent Key warning chime. BL-140 C
6. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-142
1. Check door switch (hatchback). BL-114
D
2. Check door switch (sedan). BL-117
3. Check ignition knob switch. BL-113
4. Check door request switch. BL-118 E
5. Check back door request switch (hatchback). BL-120
Door lock operation warning buzzer does not
6. Check trunk opener request switch (sedan). BL-122
operate.
7. Check outside key antenna (driver side and passenger side). BL-126 F
8. Check outside key antenna (rear bumper). BL-128
9. Check inside key antenna. BL-129
G
10. Check Intelligent Key warning buzzer(s). BL-125
11. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-142
One warning buzzer does not operate (se- H
Check Intelligent Key warning buzzer(s). BL-125
dan).

WARNING LAMP FUNCTION MALFUNCTION


NOTE: BL
• Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check “Trouble Diagnosis Procedure”. Refer to BL-99,
"Trouble Diagnosis Procedure".
• If the following “symptoms” are detected, check systems shown in the “Diagnosis/service procedure” column J
in this order.

Symptom Diagnosis/service procedure Reference page


K
Check “LOW BAT OF KEY FOB WARN” set-
1. BL-101
ting in “WORK SUPPORT”.
When Intelligent Key low battery warning operate, “KEY” 2. Check Intelligent Key battery. BL-142 L
warning lamp (green) does not illuminate.
3. Check KEY warning lamp (green). BL-139
4. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-142
1. Check CVT device (park position switch). BL-136 M
P position warning lamp does not illuminate properly.
2. Check “P-SHIFT” warning lamp (red). BL-138
(With CVT)
3. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-142
N
1. Check key interlock solenoid. BL-133
LOCK warning lamp does not illuminate properly.
2. Check "LOCK" warning lamp. BL-138
(With M/T)
3. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-142 O
Take away warning lamp does not illuminate properly. 1. Check KEY warning lamp (red). BL-142
(Take away warning chime is operated). 2. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-142
P
Ignition switch warning lamp does not illuminate properly. 1. Check KEY warning lamp (red). BL-139
(Ignition switch warning chime is operated). 2. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-142

CAN Communication System Inspection INFOID:0000000001704013

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

Revision: May 2007 BL-109 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
With CONSULT-III
• Connect CONSULT-III, and turn ignition switch ON.
• Touch “INTELLIGENT KEY” on “SELECT SYSTEM” screen.
• Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” on “SELECT DIAG MODE” screen.
• Check display content in self-diagnostic results.

CONSULT-III display item DTC code


NO DTC IS DETECTED —
CAN COMM U1000
CAN COMM2 U1010
OK or NG
NO DTC IS DETECTED>> INSPECTION END
CAN COMM [U1000]>> After printing “SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS”, go to “CAN SYSTEM”. Refer to LAN-
15, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
CAN COMM2 [U1010]>> Replace Intelligent Key unit.
Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection INFOID:0000000001704014

1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit connector.
3. Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit harness connector and ground.

Terminals
(+) Voltage (V)
(–) (Approx.)
Intelligent Key unit
Terminal
connector
M52 11 Ground Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace Intelligent Key power supply circuit.
PIIB6595E

2.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT


Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector and ground.

Intelligent Key unit connector Terminal Continuity


Ground
M52 12 Yes
OK or NG
OK >> Power supply and ground circuits are OK.
NG >> Repair or replace the Intelligent Key unit ground circuit.

PIIB6596E

Key Switch (Intelligent Key Unit Input) Check INFOID:0000000001704015

1.CHECK KEY SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL


With CONSULT-III
Check key switch (“KEY SW”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.

Revision: May 2007 BL-110 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

Monitor item Condition A


Insert mechanical key into ignition switch: ON
KEY SW
Remove mechanical key from ignition switch: OFF
B

Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit connector. C
3. Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit and ground.

D
Terminals
(+) Voltage (V)
(–) Condition of key switch (Approx.)
Intelligent Key E
Terminal
unit connector
Insert mechanical key
Battery voltage
into ignition switch
M52 7 Ground F
Remove mechanical
0
key from ignition switch PIIB6597E

OK or NG G
OK >> Key switch circuit is OK.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK KEY SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT H
1. Remove mechanical key from ignition switch.
2. Disconnect key switch and ignition knob switch connector.
3. Check voltage between key switch and ignition knob switch and ground. BL

Terminals
(+)
J
Voltage (V)
Key switch and ig- (–) (Approx.)
nition knob switch Terminal
connector K
M73 2 Ground Battery voltage
OK or NG
L
OK >> GO TO 3.
PIIB6598E
NG >> Repair or replace key switch and ignition knob switch
power supply circuit.
M
3.CHECK KEY SWITCH
Check continuity of key switch and ignition knob switch.
N
Terminal
Condition of key switch Continuity
Key switch and ignition knob switch
Insert mechanical key into
O
Yes
ignition switch
1 2
Remove mechanical key
No P
from ignition switch
OK or NG
PIIB6599E
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace key cylinder assembly (built-in key switch).
4.CHECK KEY SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit connector.

Revision: May 2007 BL-111 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit and key switch and ignition knob switch.

A B
Key switch and ig- Continuity
Intelligent Key unit
Terminal nition knob switch Terminal
connector
connector
M52 7 M73 1 Yes
3. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit and ground.

A
Continuity PIIB6600E
Intelligent Key unit connector Terminal Ground
M52 7 No
OK or NG
OK >> Check the condition of harness and harness connector.
NG >> Repair or replace harness between Intelligent Key unit and key switch and ignition knob switch.
Key Switch (BCM Input) Check INFOID:0000000001704016

1.CHECK KEY SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. Remove mechanical key from ignition switch.
2. Disconnect key switch and ignition knob switch connector.
3. Check voltage between key switch and ignition knob switch and
ground.

Terminals
(+)
Voltage (V)
Key switch and ig- (–) (Approx.)
nition knob switch Terminal
connector
PIIB6598E
M73 2 Ground Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Check harness between key switch and ignition knob switch and fuse.
2.CHECK KEY SWITCH OPERATION
Check continuity of key switch and ignition knob switch.

Terminal
Condition of key switch Continuity
Key switch and ignition knob switch
Insert mechanical key into
Yes
ignition switch
1 2
Remove mechanical key
No
from ignition switch
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
PIIB6599E
NG >> Replace key cylinder assembly (built-in key switch).
3.CHECK KEY SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect BCM connector.
2. Check continuity between BCM connector (A) M18 terminal 37 and key switch and ignition knob switch
connector (B) terminal 1.

Revision: May 2007 BL-112 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

A B A
Key switch and ig- Continuity
BCM connector Terminal nition knob switch Terminal
connector B
M18 37 M73 1 Yes
3. Check continuity between BCM connector (A) M18 terminal 37
and ground. C

A PIIB6601E

Continuity D
BCM connector Terminal Ground
M18 37 No
OK or NG E
OK >> Key switch (BCM input) circuit is OK.
NG >> Repair or replace harness between key switch and ignition knob switch and BCM.
Ignition Knob Switch Check INFOID:0000000001704017
F

1.CHECK IGNITION KNOB SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL


G
With CONSULT-III
Display “PUSH SW” on DATA MONITOR screen, and check if ON/OFF display is linked to ignition switch oper-
ation.
H

Monitor item Condition


Ignition switch is pressed: ON BL
PUSH SW
Ignition switch is released: OFF

Without CONSULT-III J
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit connector.
3. Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit and ground. K

Terminals
(+) Condition of key Voltage (V) L
(–) switch (Approx.)
Intelligent Key unit
Terminal
connector
Ignition switch is M
Battery voltage
pressed
M52 27 Ground
Ignition switch is
0
released PIIB6602E
N
OK or NG
OK >> Ignition knob switch circuit is OK.
NG >> GO TO 2. O
2.CHECK IGNITION KNOB SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. P
2. Disconnect key switch and ignition knob switch connector.
3. Check voltage between key switch and ignition knob switch and ground.

Revision: May 2007 BL-113 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

Terminals
(+)
Voltage (V)
Key switch and ig- (–) (Approx.)
nition knob switch Terminal
connector
M73 4 Ground Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
PIIB6603E
NG >> Repair or replace key switch and ignition knob switch
power supply circuit.
3.CHECK IGNITION KNOB SWITCH
Check continuity of ignition knob switch.

Terminal Condition of key


Continuity
Key switch and ignition knob switch switch

Ignition switch is
Yes
pressed
3 4
Ignition switch is
No
released
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
PIIB6604E
NG >> Replace key switch and ignition knob switch.
4.CHECK IGNITION KNOB SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit connector.
2. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit connector (A) terminal 27 and key switch and ignition knob
switch connector (B) terminal 3.

A B
Key switch and ig- Continuity
Intelligent Key unit
Terminal nition knob switch Terminal
connector
connector
M52 27 M73 3 Yes
3. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit connector (A) ter-
minal 27 and ground.

PIIB6605E
A
Continuity
Intelligent Key unit connector Terminal Ground
M52 27 No
OK or NG
OK >> Check the condition of harness and harness connector.
NG >> Repair or replace harness between Intelligent Key unit and key switch and ignition knob switch.
Door Switch Check (Hatchback) INFOID:0000000001704018

1.CHECK DOOR SWITCHES INPUT SIGNAL


With CONSULT-III
Check door switches ("DOOR SW-DR", "DOOR SW-AS", "DOOR SW-RL", "DOOR SW-RR", "BACK DOOR
SW") in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT–III. Refer to BL-36, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)".
• When doors are open:

Revision: May 2007 BL-114 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

DOOR SW-DR : ON A
DOOR SW-AS : ON
DOOR SW-RL : ON
B
DOOR SW-RR : ON
BACK DOOR SW : ON
• When doors are closed: C

DOOR SW-DR : OFF


DOOR SW-AS : OFF D
DOOR SW-RL : OFF
DOOR SW-RR : OFF
E
BACK DOOR SW : OFF

Without CONSULT-III
Check voltage between BCM connector M18 or M19 terminals 12, 13, 43, 47, 48 and ground. F

Terminals Voltage (V)


Connector Item Condition G
(+) (–) (Approx.)

Front door
12
switch RH H
M18
Rear door
13
switch RH
Open 0
Back door BL
43 Ground ↓ ↓
switch
Closed Battery voltage
LIIA1041E
Front door
M19 47
switch LH
J
Rear door
48
switch LH
OK or NG K
OK >> Door switch circuit is OK.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DOOR SWITCH CIRCUIT L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect door switch and BCM.
3. Check continuity between door switch connector (B) B8 (front LH), B108 (front RH) terminal 2 or (C) B6 M
(rear LH), B116 (rear RH) terminal 1 or back door lock assembly connector (D) D405 terminal 3 and BCM
connectors (A) M18, M19 terminals 12, 13, 43, 47 and 48.
N

Revision: May 2007 BL-115 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

1 - 13 : Continuity should exist.


1 - 48 : Continuity should exist.
2 - 12 : Continuity should exist.
2 - 47 : Continuity should exist.
3 - 43 : Continuity should exist.
4. Check continuity between door switch connector (B) B8 (front
LH), B108 (front RH) terminal 2 or (C) B6 (rear LH), B116 (rear
RH) terminal 1 or back door lock assembly connector (D) D405
terminal 3 and ground.

1 - Ground : Continuity should not exist.


2 - Ground : Continuity should not exist.
3 - Ground : Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace harness.

WIIA1244E

3.CHECK DOOR SWITCHES


FRONT AND REAR DOORS
Check continuity between front door switch terminal 2 or rear door
switch terminal 1 and exposed metal of switch while pressing and
releasing switch.

Door switch is released : Continuity should exist.


Door switch is pushed : Continuity should not exist.

PIIB6899E

BACK DOOR
Check continuity between back door lock assembly connector (back
door switch) terminals 3 and 4 while pressing (closing back door)
and releasing (opening back door) switch.

When back door is open : Continuity should exist.


When back door is closed : Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK1 >> (Front and rear doors) Switch circuit is OK.
OK2 >> (Back door) GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace door switch. WIIA1245E

4.CHECK BACK DOOR SWITCH GROUND

Revision: May 2007 BL-116 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check continuity between back door lock assembly connector D405
terminal 4 and ground. A

4 - Ground : Continuity should exist.


OK or NG B
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace harness.
C

WIIA1246E

5.CHECK BACK DOOR SWITCH SIGNAL FOR SHORT D

1. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit.


2. Check continuity between BCM connector M18 terminal 30 and ground.
E

30 - Ground : Continuity should not exist.


F

WIIA1299E

BL
OK or NG
OK >> Back door switch circuit is OK.
NG >> Repair or replace harness.
J
Door Switch Check (Sedan) INFOID:0000000001704019

1.CHECK DOOR SWITCHES INPUT SIGNAL K

With CONSULT-III
Check door switches ("DOOR SW-DR", "DOOR SW-AS", "DOOR SW-RL", "DOOR SW-RR") in DATA MONI-
TOR mode with CONSULT–III. Refer to BL-101, "CONSULT-III Application Item". L
• When doors are open:

DOOR SW-DR : ON M
DOOR SW-AS : ON
DOOR SW-RL : ON
N
DOOR SW-RR : ON
• When doors are closed:
O
DOOR SW-DR : OFF
DOOR SW-AS : OFF
DOOR SW-RL : OFF P
DOOR SW-RR : OFF

Without CONSULT-III
Check voltage between BCM connector M18 or M19 terminals 12, 13, 47, 48 and ground.

Revision: May 2007 BL-117 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

Terminals Voltage (V)


Connector Item Condition
(+) (–) (Approx.)

Front door
47
switch LH
M19
Rear door
48 Open 0
switch LH
Ground ↓ ↓
Front door Closed Battery voltage
12
switch RH
M18
LIIA1177E
Rear door
13
switch RH
OK or NG
OK >> Door switch circuit is OK.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DOOR SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect door switch and BCM.
3. Check continuity between door switch connector B8 (Front LH) or B108 (Front RH) terminal 2, B6 (Rear
LH) or B116 (Rear RH) terminal 1 and BCM connector M18, M19 terminals 12, 13, 47 and 48.

2 - 47 : Continuity should exist.


2 - 12 : Continuity should exist.
1 - 48 : Continuity should exist.
1 - 13 : Continuity should exist.
4. Check continuity between door switch connector B8 (Front LH)
or B108 (Front RH) terminal 2, B6 (Rear LH) or B116 (Rear RH)
terminal 1 and ground.

2 - Ground : Continuity should not exist. LIIA1350E

1 - Ground : Continuity should not exist.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK DOOR SWITCHES
Check continuity between door switch terminal and switch case ground.

Condition of
Component Terminals Continuity
switch

Front door switch Pushed No


2 – Case ground
LH/RH Released Yes

Rear door switch Pushed No


1 – Case ground
LH/RH Released Yes
OK or NG
OK >> Check door switch case ground condition. LIIA0550E
NG >> Replace door switch.
Door Request Switch Check INFOID:0000000001704020

1.CHECK DOOR REQUEST SWITCH


With CONSULT-III
Check door request switch (“DR REQ SW” or “AS REQ SW”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode.

Revision: May 2007 BL-118 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

Monitor item Condition A

DR REQ SW Door request switch is pressed: ON


AS REQ SW Door request switch is released: OFF
B

Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit harness connector and ground. C

Terminals
Door re- D
(+) quest Voltage (V)
(–) switch (Approx.)
Intelligent Key unit
Terminal Condition
connector
E
Front door re- Pressed 0
5
quest switch LH Released 5
M52 Ground
Front door re- Pressed 0 F
25
quest switch RH Released 5 PIIB6613E

OK or NG
G
OK >> Door request switch circuit is OK.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DOOR REQUEST SWITCH CIRCUIT H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit and front door request switch connector.
3. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit connector and front door request switch connector. BL

A B
Intelligent Key unit Front door request Continuity J
Terminal Terminal
connector switch connector
5 LH D5
M52 1 Yes K
25 RH D103
4. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit connector and
ground.
L
PIIB6614E
A
Intelligent Key unit Continuity
Terminal M
connector Ground
5
M52 No
25 N
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace harness between Intelligent Key unit and front door request switch. O
3.CHECK DOOR REQUEST SWITCH OPERATION
Check front door request switch. P

Revision: May 2007 BL-119 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

Terminal Door request


Continuity
Front outside handle switch condition

Pressed Yes
1 2
Released No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace front door request switch.
PIIB6615E

4.CHECK DOOR REQUEST SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT


Check continuity between front door request switch connector and ground.

Front outside
handle Terminal Continuity
connector
Ground
Driver side D5
Passenger 2 Yes
D103
side
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace front door request switch ground cir- PIIB6616E

cuit.
5.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY UNIT OUTPUT SIGNAL
1. Connect Intelligent Key unit connector.
2. Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit connector and ground.

Terminals
(+) Voltage (V)
(–) (Approx.)
Intelligent Key unit
Terminal
connector
5
M52 Ground 5
25
OK or NG
OK >> Check the condition of harness and connector. PIIB6613E
NG >> Replace Intelligent Key unit. Refer to BL-142, "Removal
and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit".
Back Door Request Switch Check (Hatchback) INFOID:0000000001704021

1.CHECK BACK DOOR REQUEST SWITCH


With CONSULT-III
Check back door request switch (“BD/TR REQ SW”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode.

Monitor item Condition


Back door request switch is pressed: ON
BD/TR REQ SW
Back door request switch is released: OFF

Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit connector and ground.

Revision: May 2007 BL-120 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

Terminals A
Back door re-
(+) Voltage (V)
quest switch
(–) (Approx.)
Intelligent Key condition
Terminal B
unit connector
Pressed 0
M52 29 Ground
Released 5
C
OK or NG
OK >> Back door request switch circuit is OK. PIIB6617E
NG >> GO TO 2. D
2.CHECK BACK DOOR REQUEST SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit and back door request switch connector. E
3. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit connector (A) M52 terminal 29 and back door request switch
connector (B) D406 terminal 1.
F
A B
Intelligent Key back door request Continuity
Terminal Terminal G
unit connector switch connector
M52 29 D406 1 Yes
4. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit connector (A) M52 H
terminal 29 and ground.

A
PIIB6618E
BL
Intelligent Key unit Continuity
Terminal Ground
connector
M52 29 No J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace harness between Intelligent Key unit and back door request switch. K
3.CHECK BACK DOOR REQUEST SWITCH OPERATION
Check continuity of back door request switch.
L

Terminal Back door request


Continuity
Back door request switch switch condition
M
Pressed Yes
1 2
Released No
N
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace back door request switch.
O
PIIB6336E

4.CHECK BACK DOOR REQUEST SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT


Check continuity between back door request switch connector D406 terminal 2 and ground. P

Revision: May 2007 BL-121 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

Back door request switch


Terminal Continuity
connector Ground
D406 2 Yes
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace back door request switch ground cir-
cuit.

PIIB6337E

5.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY UNIT OUTPUT SIGNAL


1. Connect Intelligent Key unit connector.
2. Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit connector M52 terminal 29 and ground.

Terminals
(+) Voltage (V)
(–) (Approx.)
Intelligent Key unit
Terminal
connector
M52 29 Ground 5
OK or NG
OK >> Check the condition of harness and connector.
NG >> Replace Intelligent Key unit. Refer to BL-142, "Removal
PIIB6617E
and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit".
Trunk Opener Request Switch Check (Sedan) INFOID:0000000001704022

1.CHECK TRUNK OPENER REQUEST SWITCH


With CONSULT-III
Check trunk opener request switch (“BD/TR REQ SW”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode.

Monitor item Condition


Trunk opener request switch is pressed: ON
BD/TR REQ SW
Trunk opener request switch is released: OFF

Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit connector and ground.

Terminals
Trunk opener
(+) Voltage (V)
request switch
(–) (Approx.)
Intelligent Key condition
Terminal
unit connector
Pressed 0
M52 29 Ground
Released 5
OK or NG
OK >> Trunk opener request switch circuit is OK. PIIB6617E
NG >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK TRUNK OPENER REQUEST SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit and trunk opener request switch connector.

Revision: May 2007 BL-122 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit connector (A) M52 terminal 29 and trunk opener request
switch connector (B) B129 terminal 1. A

A B
Trunk opener re- B
Intelligent Key Continuity
Terminal quest switch con- Terminal
unit connector
nector
M52 29 B129 1 Yes C
4. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit connector (A) M52
terminal 29 and ground.
D
PIIB6618E
A
Intelligent Key unit Continuity
Terminal Ground E
connector
M52 29 No
OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace harness between Intelligent Key unit and trunk opener request switch.
3.CHECK TRUNK OPENER REQUEST SWITCH OPERATION G
Check continuity of trunk opener request switch.

Terminal
H
trunk opener request
Continuity
trunk opener request switch switch condition

Pressed Yes BL
1 2
Released No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. J
NG >> Replace trunk opener request switch.
PIIB6336E
K
4.CHECK TRUNK OPENER REQUEST SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between trunk opener request switch connector B129 terminal 2 and ground.
L
Trunk opener request
Terminal Continuity
switch connector Ground
B129 2 Yes M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace trunk opener request switch ground N
circuit.

PIIB6337E O
5.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY UNIT OUTPUT SIGNAL
1. Connect Intelligent Key unit connector.
P
2. Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit connector M52 terminal 29 and ground.

Revision: May 2007 BL-123 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

Terminals
(+) Voltage (V)
(–) (Approx.)
Intelligent Key unit
Terminal
connector
M52 29 Ground 5
OK or NG
OK >> Check the condition of harness and connector.
NG >> Replace Intelligent Key unit. Refer to BL-142, "Removal
PIIB6617E
and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit".
Unlock Sensor Check INFOID:0000000001704023

1.CHECK UNLOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL


Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit connector and ground.

Terminals
Front door
(+) lock Voltage (V)
(–) (driver side) (Approx.)
Intelligent Key
Terminal condition
unit connector
Locked 5
M52 28 Ground
Unlocked 0
OK or NG
OK >> Unlock sensor circuit is OK. PIIB6638E
NG >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK UNLOCK SENSOR CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit and front door lock actuator LH (door unlock sensor) connector.
3. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit connector (A) terminal 28 and front door lock actuator LH
(door unlock sensor) connector (B) terminal 4.

A B
Front door lock ac-
Intelligent Key unit tuator LH (door un- Continuity
Terminal Terminal
connector lock sensor)
connector
M52 28 D3 4 Yes
4. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit connector and
ground.
PIIB6639E

A
Intelligent Key unit con- Continuity
Terminal Ground
nector
M52 28 No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace harness between Intelligent Key unit and front door lock actuator LH (door
unlock sensor).
3.CHECK UNLOCK SENSOR OPERATION
Check unlock sensor.

Revision: May 2007 BL-124 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

Terminal Driver side door


A
Continuity
Unlock sensor condition

Lock No
4 5 B
Unlock Yes
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. C
NG >> Replace unlock sensor.
PIIB6643E

4.CHECK UNLOCK SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT D

Check continuity between front door lock actuator LH (door unlock sensor) connector and ground.
E
Front door lock actua-
tor LH (door unlock Terminal Continuity
sensor) connector Ground
F
D3 5 Yes
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. G
NG >> Repair or replace harness.

PIIB6644E H
5.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY UNIT OUTPUT SIGNAL
1. Connect Intelligent Key unit harness connector.
2. Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit connector and ground. BL

Terminals
J
(+) Voltage (V)
(–) (Approx.)
Intelligent Key unit
Terminal
connector
K
M52 28 Ground 5
OK or NG
OK >> Replace front door lock actuator LH (door unlock sen- L
sor). Refer to BL-150, "Removal and Installation".
PIIB6638E
NG >> Replace Intelligent Key unit. Refer to BL-142, "Removal
and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit". M
Intelligent Key Warning Buzzer(s) Check INFOID:0000000001704024

1.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT N


1. Disconnect inoperative Intelligent Key warning buzzer connector.
2. Check voltage between Intelligent Key warning buzzer connector and ground.
O
Terminals
(+) Voltage (V)
(Approx.) P
Intelligent Key warning buzzer (–)
Terminal
connector
Front door LH D6
1 Ground Battery voltage
Trunk (sedan) B32
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. PIIB6622E

Revision: May 2007 BL-125 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NG >> Repair or replace Intelligent Key warning buzzer power supply circuit.
2.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZER CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit connector.
2. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit connector and inoperative Intelligent Key warning buzzer
connector.

A B
Intelligent Continuity
Intelligent Key warning
Key unit Terminal Terminal
buzzer connector
connector
Front door LH D6
M52 4 2 Yes
Trunk (sedan) B32
3. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit connector and
ground.
PIIB6623E

A
Intelligent Key unit con- Continuity
Terminal Ground
nector
M52 4 No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace harness between Intelligent Key unit and Intelligent Key warning buzzer.
3.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZER OPERATION
Connect battery power supply to Intelligent Key warning buzzer terminals 1 and 2, and check the operation.

1 (BAT+) - 2 (BAT-) : the buzzer sounds


OK or NG
OK >> Intelligent Key warning buzzer is OK.
NG >> Replace inoperative Intelligent Key warning buzzer.

PIIB6624E

Outside Key Antenna (Driver Side and Passenger Side) Check INFOID:0000000001704025

1.CHECK OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA FUNCTION


With CONSULT-III
1. Check the operation with (“ANTENNA”) in the ACTIVE TEST.
2. Touch “DRIVER ANT” and “ASSIST ANT” on screen.
3. Carry the Intelligent Key into the antenna detection area.

Test item Corresponding antenna


DRIVER ANT Outside key antenna driver side
ASSIST ANT Outside key antenna passenger side

Do the hazard lamps flash?


Yes >> Outside key antenna (driver side or passenger side) is OK.
No >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA INPUT SIGNAL 1
Revision: May 2007 BL-126 2008 Versa
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check signal between Intelligent Key unit connector and ground with oscilloscope. A

Terminals
(+) Signal B
Condition
(–) (Reference value.)
Intelligent Key Termi-
unit connector nal
Driver
C
19
side
Door re-
M52 Ground
quest D
Passen- switch is PIIB6626E
37 pushed
ger side

SIIA1910J
E

OK or NG
OK >> Outside key antenna is OK. F
NG >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit and outside key antenna connector. G
2. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit connector and outside key antenna connector.

A B H
Intelligent Key unit Outside key anten- Continuity
Terminal Terminal
connector na connector
19 1
BL
D10
20 2
M52 Yes
37 1
D106 J
38 2
3. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit connector and PIIB6627E

ground. K

A
Intelligent Key unit Continuity L
Terminal
connector
19 Ground
M
20
M52 No
37
38 N
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace harness between Intelligent Key unit and outside key antenna. O
4.CHECK OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA INPUT SIGNAL 2
1. Replace outside key antenna (New antenna or other antenna).
P
2. Connect Intelligent Key unit and outside key antenna connector.
3. Check signal between Intelligent Key unit connector and ground with oscilloscope.

Revision: May 2007 BL-127 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

Terminals
(+) Signal
Condition
(–) (Reference value.)
Intelligent Key Termi-
unit connector nal
Driver
19
side
Door re-
quest
M52 Ground
Passen- switch is PIIB6626E
37 pushed
ger side

SIIA1910J

OK or NG
OK >> Replace malfunctioning outside key antenna.
NG >> Replace Intelligent Key unit. Refer to BL-142, "Removal and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit".
Outside Key Antenna (Rear Bumper) Check INFOID:0000000001704026

1.CHECK REAR BUMPER ANTENNA FUNCTION


With CONSULT-III
1. Check the operation with (“ANTENNA”) in the ACTIVE TEST.
2. Touch “BD/TR ANT” on screen.
3. Carry the Intelligent Key into the antenna detection area.

Test item Corresponding antenna


BK DOOR ANT Rear bumper antenna

Do the hazard lamps flash?


Yes >> Rear bumper antenna is OK.
No >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK REAR BUMPER ANTENNA INPUT SIGNAL 1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check signal between Intelligent Key unit connector and ground with oscilloscope.

Terminals
(+)
Signal
Condition
Intelligent (–) (Reference value.)
Key unit Terminal
connector

Back door
request
M52 17 Ground PIIB6628E
switch is
pushed

SIIA1910J

OK or NG
OK >> Rear bumper antenna is OK.
NG >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK REAR BUMPER ANTENNA CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit and rear bumper antenna connector.
2. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit connector and rear bumper antenna connector.
Revision: May 2007 BL-128 2008 Versa
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

A B A
Intelligent Key unit Rear bumper an- Continuity
Terminal Terminal
connector tenna connector
17 1 B
M52 B2 Yes
18 2
3. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit connector and C
ground.
PIIB6629E
A D
Intelligent Key unit Continuity
Terminal
connector Ground
17 E
M52 No
18
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. F
NG >> Repair or replace harness between Intelligent Key unit and rear bumper antenna.
4.CHECK REAR BUMPER ANTENNA INPUT SIGNAL 2 G
1. Replace rear bumper antenna (new antenna or other antenna).
2. Connect Intelligent Key unit and rear bumper antenna connector.
3. Check signal between Intelligent Key unit connector and ground with oscilloscope. H

Terminals
(+) BL
Signal
Condition
Intelligent (–) (Reference value.)
Key unit Terminal
connector
J

Back door
K
request
M52 17 Ground PIIB6628E
switch is
pushed
L
SIIA1910J

OK or NG
OK >> Replace rear bumper antenna. M
NG >> Replace Intelligent Key unit. Refer to BL-142, "Removal and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit".
Inside Key Antenna Check INFOID:0000000001704027
N
1.CHECK INSIDE KEY ANTENNA INPUT SIGNAL 1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. O
2. Check signal between Intelligent Key unit connector and ground with oscilloscope.

Revision: May 2007 BL-129 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

Terminals
(+) Signal
Condition
(–) (Reference value.)
Intelligent Key unit Ter-
connector minal
Instrument
13
panel area
Front con- Any door
15
M52 sole area Ground is open →
close WIIA1200E

Rear floor
33
area
PIIB5502J

OK or NG
OK >> Check the condition of harness and connector.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INSIDE KEY ANTENNA CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit and inside key antenna connector.
2. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit connector and inside key antenna connector.

A B
Intelligent Key Inside key antenna con- Continuity
Terminal Terminal
unit connector nector
13 Instrument 2
M10
14 panel 1
15 Front con- 1
M52 B3 Yes
16 sole 2
33 1 WIIA1254E
B12 Rear floor
34 2
3. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit connector and ground.

A
Intelligent Key unit Continuity
Terminal
connector
13
Instrument panel
14 Ground
15
M52 Front console No
16
33
Rear floor
34
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace harness between Intelligent Key unit and inside key antenna.
3.CHECK INSIDE KEY ANTENNA INPUT SIGNAL 2
1. Replace inside key antenna. (New antenna or other antenna)
2. Connect Intelligent Key unit and inside key antenna connector.
3. Check signal between Intelligent Key unit connector and ground with oscilloscope.

Revision: May 2007 BL-130 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

Terminals A
(+) Signal
Condition
(–) (Reference value.)
Intelligent Key unit Ter-
connector minal B
Instrument
13
panel area
C
Front con- Any door
15
M52 sole area Ground is open →
close WIIA1200E

Rear floor D
33
area
PIIB5502J

OK or NG E
OK >> Replace malfunction inside key antenna.
NG >> Replace Intelligent Key unit.
Steering Lock Solenoid Check INFOID:0000000001704028 F

1.CHECK STEERING LOCK SOLENOID POWER SUPPLY


1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
2. Disconnect steering lock solenoid connector.
3. Check voltage between steering lock solenoid and ground.
H
Terminals
(+) Voltage (V)
(Approx.) BL
Steering lock sole- (–)
Terminal
noid
M6 1 Ground Battery voltage
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace steering lock solenoid power supply K
PIIB6632E
circuit.
2.CHECK STEERING LOCK SOLENOID GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between steering lock solenoid and ground. L

Steering lock solenoid connector Terminal Continuity


Ground M
M6 4 Yes
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. N
NG >> GO TO 6.

O
PIIB6633E

3.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY UNIT OUTPUT SIGNAL P


1. Connect steering lock solenoid connector.
2. Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit and ground.

Revision: May 2007 BL-131 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

Terminals
(+) Voltage (V)
(–) (Approx.)
Intelligent Key unit
Terminal
connector
M52 1 Ground 5
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 6.
PIIB6634E

4.CHECK STEERING LOCK COMMUNICATION SIGNAL


Check signal between Intelligent Key unit and ground with oscilloscope.

Terminals
(+)
Condition of Voltage (V)
Intelligent (–) key switch (Approx.)
Key unit Terminal
connector

Ignition
M52 32 Ground switch is PIIB6635E

pushed

SIIA1911J

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 6.
5.CHECK STEERING LOCK SOLENOID COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit and steering lock solenoid connectors.
2. Check continuity between steering lock solenoid and Intelligent Key unit.

A B
Steering lock sole- Intelligent Key unit Continuity
Terminal Terminal
noid connector connector
2 1
M6 M52 Yes
3 32
OK or NG
OK >> Replace steering lock solenoid.
NG >> Repair or replace harness between steering lock sole-
AWKIA0195ZZ
noid and Intelligent Key unit.
6.CHECK STEERING LOCK SOLENOID COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
1. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit and steering lock solenoid connectors.

Revision: May 2007 BL-132 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Check continuity between steering lock solenoid connector and
ground. A

Steering lock solenoid connector Terminal Continuity


Ground
M6 2,3 No B
OK or NG
OK >> Replace Intelligent Key unit. Refer to BL-142, "Removal
C
and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit".
NG >> Repair or replace harness between steering lock sole-
noid and Intelligent Key unit. AWKIA0196ZZ

D
Key Interlock Solenoid (With M/T) Check INFOID:0000000001704029

1.CHECK INTERLOCK SOLENOID POWER CIRCUIT E


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit and key switch and ignition knob switch connector.
3. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit connector M52 (A) terminal 22 and key switch and ignition
F
knob switch connector M73 (B) terminal 6.

A B
G
Key switch and ig- Continuity
Intelligent Key unit
Terminal nition knob switch Terminal
connector
connector
H
M52 22 M73 6 Yes
4. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit connector (A) ter-
minal 22 and ground. BL

A WIIA1268E

Continuity
Intelligent Key unit connector Terminal Ground J
M52 22 No
OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace harness between Intelligent Key unit and key switch and ignition knob switch.
2.CHECK INTERLOCK SOLENOID GROUND CIRCUIT L
Check continuity between key switch and ignition knob switch con-
nector M73 terminal 5 and ground.
M
Key switch and ignition knob
Terminal Continuity
switch connector Ground
M73 5 Yes N
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace harness. O
WIIA1266E

3.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY SOLENOID RESISTANCE


P

Revision: May 2007 BL-133 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Check resistance between key switch and ignition knob switch termi-
nals 5 and 6.

Key switch and ignition knob Terminal Terminal Resistance


switch 5 6 1-10 Ω

WIIA1301E

OK or NG
OK >> Key switch and ignition knob switch is OK.
NG >> Replace key switch and ignition knob switch.
Ignition Switch Position Check INFOID:0000000001704030

1.CHECK IGNITION POWER SUPPLY


Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit connector and ground.

Terminals
Ignition switch position
(+)
Intelligent (–)
Key unit Terminal OFF ACC ON
connector
M52 6 Ground 0 0 Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> Ignition power supply is OK.
PIIB6884E
NG >> Check the following.
• Intelligent Key unit power supply circuit.
• 10A fuse [No. 2, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
Stop Lamp Switch Check (With CVT) INFOID:0000000001704031

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit connector.
3. Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit harness connector
M52 terminal 26 and ground.

Terminals Voltage (V)


Connector Condition
(+) (-) (Approx.)

Brake pedal Battery volt-


depressed age
M52 26 Ground
Brake pedal
0
released WIIA1207E

OK or NG
OK >> Stop lamp switch is OK.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch connector.

Revision: May 2007 BL-134 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Check voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector
E13 terminal 1 and ground. A

1 - Ground : Battery voltage


OK or NG B
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace harness between stop lamp switch
power supply circuit and fuse. C

WIIA1255E

3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH OPERATION D

Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2.


E
Component Terminals Condition Continuity

Stop lamp Brake pedal depressed Yes


1 2
switch Brake pedal not depressed No F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
G
NG >> Replace stop lamp switch.
WIIA1256E

4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT H


1. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector
(A) M52 terminal 26 and stop lamp switch harness connector (B)
E13 terminal 2. BL

26 - 2 : Continuity should exist.


2. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector J
M52 terminal 26 and ground.

26 - Ground : Continuity should not exist. K


OK or NG WIIA1257E

OK >> Check condition of harness and connector.


NG >> Repair or replace harness. L

Stop Lamp Switch Check (With M/T) INFOID:0000000001704032

M
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit connector. N
3. Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit harness connector
M52 terminal 26 and ground.
O
Terminals Voltage (V)
Connector Condition
(+) (-) (Approx.)

Brake pedal Battery volt- P


depressed age
M52 26 Ground
Brake pedal
0
released WIIA1207E

OK or NG
OK >> Stop lamp switch is OK.
NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: May 2007 BL-135 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch connector.
2. Check voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector
E13 terminal 1 and ground.

1 - Ground : Battery voltage


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace harness between stop lamp switch
power supply circuit and fuse.

WIIA1208E

3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH OPERATION


Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2.

Component Terminals Condition Continuity

Stop lamp Brake pedal depressed Yes


1 2
switch Brake pedal not depressed No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace stop lamp switch.
WIIA1209E

4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT


1. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector
(A) M52 terminal 26 and stop lamp switch harness connector (B)
E13 terminal 2.

26 - 2 : Continuity should exist.


2. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector
M52 terminal 26 and ground.

26 - Ground : Continuity should not exist.


OK or NG WIIA1210E

OK >> Check condition of harness and connector.


NG >> Repair or replace harness.
Check CVT Device (Park Position Switch) Check INFOID:0000000001704033

1.CHECK CVT DEVICE (PARK POSITION SWITCH) INPUT SIGNAL


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. While pressing the ignition knob switch, check voltage between Intelligent Key unit harness connector
M52 terminal 10 and ground.

Revision: May 2007 BL-136 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

Terminals Voltage (V)


A
Connector Condition
(+) (-) (Approx.)

Selector lever is in "P" position 0


M52 10 Ground B
Other than above Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> Replace Intelligent Key unit. Refer to BL-142, "Removal C
and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit".
NG >> GO TO 2. WIIA1258E

2.CHECK CVT DEVICE (PARK POSITION SWITCH) D

1. Disconnect CVT device (park position switch) connector.


2. Check continuity between CVT device (park position switch) terminals 6 and 8.
E

Component Terminals Condition Continuity


CVT device Selector lever is in "P" position Yes F
(park position 6 8
switch) Other than above No

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Replace CVT device (park position switch).
H
WIIA1259E

3.CHECK PARK POSITION SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT


Check continuity between CVT device (park position switch) harness BL
connector M38 terminal 6 and ground.

6 – Ground : Continuity should exist. J

L
WIIA1260E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. M
NG >> Repair or replace harness.
4.CHECK PARK POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT N
1. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit connector.
2. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector
(A) M52 terminal 10 and CVT device (park position switch) har-
ness connector (B) M38 terminal 8. O

10 – 8 : Continuity should exist.


P
3. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector
(A) M52 terminal 10 and ground.

10 – Ground : Continuity should not exist.


WIIA1261E

OK or NG

Revision: May 2007 BL-137 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace harness.
5.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY OUTPUT SIGNAL
1. Connect Intelligent Key unit connector and CVT device (park position switch) connector.
2. Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit connector M52 terminal 10 and ground.

Terminal Voltage (V)


Connector Condition
(+) (-) (Approx.)

Selector lever is in “P” position 0


M52 10 Ground
Other than above Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> CVT device (park position switch) circuit is OK.
NG >> Replace Intelligent Key unit. Refer to BL-142, "Removal
and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit". WIIA1258E

"P-SHIFT" Warning Lamp (With CVT) Check INFOID:0000000001704034

1.CHECK WARNING LAMP OPERATION


With CONSULT-III
• Check “INDICATOR” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
• Select “KNOB ON”.
“P-SHIFT” warning lamp should illuminate.

Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. While monitoring the combination meter warning lamps, turn
ignition switch ON. "P-SHIFT" warning lamp should illuminate
for 1 second to perform a bulb check.

WIIA1262E

OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Check combination meter. Refer to DI-4.
"LOCK" Warning Lamp (With M/T) Check INFOID:0000000001704035

1.CHECK WARNING LAMP OPERATION


With CONSULT-III
• Check “INDICATOR” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
• Select “KNOB ON”.
“LOCK” warning lamp should illuminate.

Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

Revision: May 2007 BL-138 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. While monitoring the combination meter warning lamps, turn
ignition switch ON. "LOCK" warning lamp should illuminate for 1 A
second to perform a bulb check.

WIIA1263E

D
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Check combination meter. Refer to DI-4. E

"KEY" Warning Lamp (RED) Check INFOID:0000000001704036

F
1.CHECK WARNING LAMP OPERATION
With CONSULT-III
• Check “INDICATOR” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. G
• Select “RED ON”.
“KEY” warning lamp (red) should illuminate.
H
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Ensure Intelligent Key is outside and away from the vehicle.
BL
3. While monitoring the combination meter warning lamps, push
the ignition knob switch.
4. The "KEY" warning lamp (red) should illuminate indicating that
the Intelligent Key is not nearby. J

L
WIIA1264E

OK or NG
M
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Check combination meter. Refer to DI-4.
"KEY" Warning Lamp (GREEN) Check INFOID:0000000001704037 N

1.CHECK WARNING LAMP OPERATION


With CONSULT-III O
• Check “INDICATOR” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
• Select “BLUE ON”.
“KEY” warning lamp (green) should illuminate. P

Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Ensure Intelligent Key is in your possession inside the vehicle.

Revision: May 2007 BL-139 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. While monitoring the combination meter warning lamps, push
the ignition knob switch.
4. The "KEY" warning lamp (green) should illuminate indicating
that the Intelligent Key is nearby.

WIIA1264E

OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Check combination meter. Refer to DI-4.

Check Warning Chime in Combination Meter INFOID:0000000001704038

1.CHECK WARNING CHIME OPERATION


With CONSULT-III
• Check “INSIDE BUZZER” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
• Touch “TAKE OUT”, “KNOB” and “KEY” on “ACTIVE TEST” screen.

Does each warning chime sound?


OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK OTHER WARNING CHIME OPERATION
Check other warning chime operation using combination meter.

Does warning chime in combination meter sound?


OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO DI-41.
Hazard Function Check INFOID:0000000001704039

1.CHECK HAZARD WARNING LAMP


Do hazard warning lamps flash with hazard switch?
YES or NO
YES >> Hazard warning lamp circuit is OK.
NO >> Check hazard circuit. Refer to LT-48.
Horn Function Check INFOID:0000000001704040

First perform the “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” of “BCM” with CONSULT-III, then perform the trouble diag-
nosis of malfunction system indicated in “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” of “BCM”. Refer to BCS-17, "CAN
Communication Inspection Using CONSULT-III (Self-Diagnosis)".
1.CHECK HORN OPERATION
Check if horn sounds with horn switch.
Does horn operate?
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> Check horn circuit. Refer to WW-37.

Revision: May 2007 BL-140 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2.CHECK IPDM E/R INPUT SIGNAL A
Check voltage between IPDM E/R connector and ground.

Terminals B
(+) Voltage (V)
(–) (Approx.)
IPDM E/R
Terminal
connector C
E46 45 Ground Battery voltage
OK or NG
D
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-26, "Removal and
Installation of IPDM E/R".
WIIA1251E
NG >> GO TO 3.
E
3.CHECK HORN RERAY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R and horn relay connector. F
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and
horn relay harness connector.
G
A B
IPDM E/R Horn relay Continuity
Terminal Terminal
connector connector
H
E46 45 H-1 1 Yes
4. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and
ground. BL
WIIA1252E

A
Continuity
IPDM E/R connector Terminal Ground J
E46 45 No
OK or NG K
OK >> Check condition of harness and connector.
NG >> Repair or replace harness.
Headlamp Function Check INFOID:0000000001704041 L

1.CHECK HEADLAMP OPERATION


Check if headlamps operate by lighting switch. M
Do headlamps come on when turning lighting switch ON?
YES >> Headlamp circuit is OK.
NO >> Check headlamp system. Refer to LT-4 or LT-25. N

Revision: May 2007 BL-141 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Intelligent Key Battery Replacement INFOID:0000000001704042

PIIB5065E

INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY INSPECTION


Check by connecting a resistance (approximately 300Ω) so that the
current value becomes about 10 mA.

Standard : Approx. 2.5 - 3.0V

OCC0607D

Remote Keyless Entry Function INFOID:0000000001704043

Check keyfob function using Remote Keyless Entry Tester J-43241.

LEL946A

Removal and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit INFOID:0000000001704044

REMOVAL
1. Remove glove box assembly. Refer to IP-11, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: May 2007 BL-142 2008 Versa


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit connector, remove screw and
Intelligent Key unit. A

PIIB6534E

D
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
E

BL

Revision: May 2007 BL-143 2008 Versa


DOOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
DOOR
Fitting Adjustment INFOID:0000000001704045

PIIB6516E

1. Front fender 2. Front door outer 3. Rear door outer


4. Rear fender 5. Front door weatherstrip 6. Front door sash
7. Rear door weatherstrip 8. Rear door sash

FRONT DOOR
Longitudinal Clearance and Surface Height Adjustment at Front End
Access from inside the fender to loosen the hinge bolts. Raise the front door at rear end to adjust.
Surface Height Adjustment
Loosen the front door bolts, and adjust the surface height difference of fender and front door according to the
fitting standard dimension.
Striker Adjustment

Revision: May 2007 BL-144 2008 Versa


DOOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1.
16.7 N·m (1.7 kg-m, 12 ft-lb) A

PIIB2804J

D
REAR DOOR
Longitudinal Clearance and Surface Height Adjustment at Front End
1. Remove the center pillar upper and lower garnishes. Refer to EI-37. E
2. Access from inside the vehicle to loosen the hinge nuts. Open the rear door, and raise the rear door at
rear end to adjust.
Surface Height Adjustment F
Loosen the front door striker bolts and rear door hinge nuts, and adjust the surface height difference of front
and rear doors according to the fitting standard dimension.
G
Striker Adjustment
1.
16.7 N·m (1.7 kg-m, 12 ft-lb) H

BL

PIIB2804J

BACK DOOR K

Longitudinal Clearance and Surface Height Adjustment


L

Revision: May 2007 BL-145 2008 Versa


DOOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

LIIA2668E

1. Back door assembly 2. Back door hinge 3. Tail lamp assembly


4. Back window glass 5. Roof 6. Rear pillar
A. 6.0 ± 1.0 mm (0.24 ± 0.04 in) B. -0.5 ± 1.0 mm (-0.02 ± 0.04 in) C. 5.0 ± 1.2 mm (0.20 ± 0.05 in)
D. 0.0 ± 1.5 mm (0.0 ± 0.06 in) E. 5.0 ± 2.3 mm ( 0.20 ± 0.9 in) F. 2.7 +1.6 -2.1 mm (0.11 + 0.06 - 0.08 in)
G. 5.0 ± 1.2 mm ( 0.20 ± 0.05 in) H. 0.0 ± 1.5 mm (0.0 ± 0.06 in)

1. Open and support the back door.


2. Slightly loosen the hinge nuts.
3. Reposition the door as necessary and tighten the nuts.
4. Confirm the adjustment. Repeat as necessary to obtain the desired fit.
Striker Adjustment

Revision: May 2007 BL-146 2008 Versa


DOOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1.
20 N·m (2.2 kg-m, 16 ft-lb) A

LIIA2641E

D
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001704046

FRONT DOOR E
CAUTION:
• When removing and installing the front door assembly, support the door with a jack and cloth to pro-
tect the door and body.
• When removing and installing front door assembly, be sure to carry out the fitting adjustment. Refer F
to BL-144, "Fitting Adjustment".
• After installing, apply touch-up paint onto the head of the hinge nuts.
• Check the hinge rotating part for lubrication. If necessary, apply “body grease”. G
• Operate with two workers, because of its heavy weight.
• Check front door open/close operation after installation.
Removal H
1. Remove dash side finisher. Refer to EI-38, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect the front door harness connectors.
3. Remove the front door harness grommet, and then remove the BL
harness from the vehicle.

L
PIIB6518E

4. Remove the check link bolt.


M
14.7 N·m (1.5 kg-m, 11 ft-lb)

PIIB6543E

Revision: May 2007 BL-147 2008 Versa


DOOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. Remove the hinge nuts and then the door assembly.

24.5 N·m (2.5 kg-m, 18 ft-lb)

PIIB6519E

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
REAR DOOR
CAUTION:
• When removing and installing the rear door assembly, support the door with a jack and cloth to pro-
tect the door and body.
• When removing and installing rear door assembly, be sure to carry out the fitting adjustment. Refer
to BL-144, "Fitting Adjustment".
• After installing, apply touch-up paint onto the head of the hinge nuts.
• Check the hinge rotating part for poor lubrication. If necessary, apply “body grease”.
• Operate with two workers, because of its heavy weight.
• Check rear door open/close operation after installation.
Removal
1. Remove the rear door harness grommet.

PIIB6520E

2. Disconnect the rear door harness connector.

PIIB6521E

Revision: May 2007 BL-148 2008 Versa


DOOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Remove the check link bolt.
A
14.7 N·m (1.5 kg-m, 11 ft-lb)

PIIB6543E

D
4. Remove the hinge nuts and the door assembly.

24.5 N·m (2.5 kg-m, 18 ft-lb) E

G
PIIB6522E

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal. H
BACK DOOR
Removal BL
1. Remove the back door glass. Refer toGW-15.
2. Remove the back door lock assembly. Refer to BL-156.
3. Remove the back door wire harness. J
4. Remove the rear washer nozzle and hose from the back door. Refer to WW-31, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
5. Support the back door. K
CAUTION:
Two technicians should be used to avoid damaging the back door during removal.
6. Remove the back door stays. L
7. Remove the door side nuts and the back door assembly.

LIIA2639E

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• Align the back door. Refer to BL-144, "Fitting Adjustment".

Revision: May 2007 BL-149 2008 Versa


FRONT DOOR LOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
FRONT DOOR LOCK
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000001704047

PIIB6523E

1. Front door 2. Inside handle 3. Inside handle cable


4. Door lock assembly 5. Outside handle cable 6. TORX bolt (T30)
7. Key cylinder connecting rod 8. Grommet 9. TORX bolt (T30)
10. Rear gasket 11. Door key cylinder assembly 12. Outside handle
(Driver's side)
Outside handle escutcheon
(passenger's side)
13. Front gasket 14. Lock knob cable 15. Holder
16. Outside handle bracket

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001704048

REMOVAL
1. Remove front door finisher. Refer to EI-32, "Removal and Installation" .
2. Fully close front door window.
3. Remove the front door sealing screen.
NOTE:
If sealing screen is reused, cut butyl tape in a way that leaves it on the sealing screen.
4. Remove front door rear glass run channel. Refer to GW-42, "Removal and Installation" .
5. Remove the cables from the holder.
6. Remove inside handle bolt, and slide the handle toward the rear
of the vehicle. disengage the handle from the door panel, and
remove the inside handle.

PIIB6524E

7. Disengage the handle from the door panel, and remove the inside handle.

Revision: May 2007 BL-150 2008 Versa


FRONT DOOR LOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
8. Disconnect the inside handle cable and lock knob cable from the
inside handle. A
CAUTION:
During removal and installation, work so as not to bend the
ends of the lock knob cable and inside handle cable.
B

PIIB6525E

D
9. Remove the door side grommet, and the door key cylinder
assembly (escutcheon) bolt.
10. Remove the key cylinder connecting rod (key cylinder side). E
11. If equipped, disconnect the door antenna, the door request
switch connector and remove the harness clamp. (Vehicle with
intelligent key systems only).
F

G
PIIB5808E

12. Remove the door cylinder assembly while pulling the outside
H
handle forward.

BL

PIIB5809E
K
13. Pull the outside door handle forward and then slide it toward the
rear of the vehicle to remove.
L

N
PIIB5810E

14. Remove the front and rear gaskets. O

PIIB6526E

Revision: May 2007 BL-151 2008 Versa


FRONT DOOR LOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
15. Remove the door lock assembly bolts.

5.8 N·m (0.6 kg-m, 51.4 in-lb)

PIIB6527E

16. Slide the outside handle bracket toward the rear of the vehicle,
and remove the assembly.

PIIB6528E

17. If equipped, disconnect the door lock assembly electrical connector.


18. Separate the outside handle cable from the outside handle
bracket.

PIIB5815E

INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• To install each rod, be sure to rotate the rod holder until a click is felt.
• When installing door lock assembly, be careful when rotating the outside handle cable as shown in
the figure.
- Place the outside handle bracket cable on the inside of door
lock assembly before installing.

PIIB6529E

Revision: May 2007 BL-152 2008 Versa


REAR DOOR LOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
REAR DOOR LOCK
A
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000001704049

G
PIIB6530E

1. Rear door 2. Inside handle 3. Inside handle cable


4. Door lock assembly 5. TORX bolt (T30) 6. Outside handle cable
H
7. Grommet 8. TORX bolt (T30) 9. Rear gasket
10. Outside handle escutcheon 11. Outside handle 12. Front gasket
13. Lock knob cable 14. Outside handle bracket
BL

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001704050

J
REMOVAL
1. Remove the partition glass. Refer to GW-46 .
2. Support door glass while lifting it up to the door window completely closed position. K
3. Remove inside handle bolt, slide handle toward rear of vehicle,
disconnect it from the door panel, and remove the inside handle.
L

PIIB6524E

4. Disconnect the inside handle and lock knob cables from the O
inside handle.
CAUTION:
During removal and installation, do not to bend the ends of P
the lock knob cable and inside handle cable.

PIIB6525E

Revision: May 2007 BL-153 2008 Versa


REAR DOOR LOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5. Remove the door side grommet, and the outside handle
escutcheon screw.

PIIB5808E

6. Pull the outside handle forward (1), while removing outside han-
dle escutcheon (2).

PIIB5809E

7. Pull outside door handle forward (1), and slide it toward the rear
of the vehicle to remove (2).

PIIB5810E

8. Remove the front and rear gaskets.

PIIB6526E

9. Remove the door lock assembly screws.

: 5.8 N·m (0.6 kg-m, 51.4 in-lb)

PIIB6527E

Revision: May 2007 BL-154 2008 Versa


REAR DOOR LOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
10. Slide the outside handle bracket toward the rear of vehicle,
remove the outside handle bracket and the door lock assembly. A

PIIB6528E
D
11. If equipped, disconnect the door lock assembly electrical connector.
12. Disconnect the outside handle cable from the outside handle
bracket. E

PIIB5815E
H
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION: BL
• To install each rod, be sure to rotate the rod holder until a click is felt.
• When installing door lock assembly, be careful when rotating the outside handle cable as shown.
- Place the outside handle bracket cable on the inside of door J
lock assembly before installing.

PIIB6529E
M

Revision: May 2007 BL-155 2008 Versa


BACK DOOR LOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BACK DOOR LOCK
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location INFOID:0000000001704051

LIIA2638E

1. BCM M18, M19, M20 2. Intelligent Key unit M52 3. Back door lock assembly (actuator)
(view with glove box removed) (with Intelligent Key) D405
4. Back door opener switch D408 5. Front door lock actuator (door unlock
sensor) LH D3, RH D114

System Description INFOID:0000000001704052

Power is supplied at all times


• through 40A fusible link (letter g, located in fuse and fusible link box)
• to BCM terminal 70
• through 10A fuse [No. 8, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• to BCM terminal 57
• through 10A fuse [No. 31, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• to Intelligent Key unit terminal 11 (if equipped).
Ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 67 and
• to Intelligent Key unit terminal 12 (if equipped)
• through body grounds M57 and M61.
When back door opener switch is ON (pushed), ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 30 (without Intelligent Key)
• through back door opener switch terminals 1 and 2
• through front door lock actuator LH (door unlock sensor) terminals 4 and 5 (without power windows) or
• through front door lock actuator RH (door unlock sensor) terminals 4 and 5 (with power windows)
• through body grounds M57 and M61
• to Intelligent Key unit terminal 24 (if equipped)
• through back door opener switch terminals 1 and 2
• through body grounds B117, B132 and D402.
Then power is supplied
• through BCM terminal 53
• to back door lock assembly (actuator) terminal 1.
Ground is supplied

Revision: May 2007 BL-156 2008 Versa


BACK DOOR LOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• to back door lock assembly (actuator) terminal 2
• through body grounds B117, B132 and D402. A
Then BCM operates back door lock assembly (actuator).
Wiring Diagram - B/DOOR - INFOID:0000000001704053
B
WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

BL

WIWA2289E

Revision: May 2007 BL-157 2008 Versa


BACK DOOR LOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

WIWA2290E

Terminal and Reference Value for BCM INFOID:0000000001704054

Refer to BCS-11, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM".


Terminal and Reference Value for Intelligent Key Unit INFOID:0000000001704055

Refer to BL-96, "Terminal and Reference Value for Intelligent Key Unit".

Revision: May 2007 BL-158 2008 Versa


BACK DOOR LOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CONSULT-III Function (BCM) INFOID:0000000001704056

A
CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following.

BCM B
Diagnostic mode Description
diagnostic test item
Supports inspections and adjustments. Commands are transmitted to the
WORK SUPPORT BCM for setting the status suitable for required operation, input/output sig-
nals are received from the BCM and received date is displayed. C
DATA MONITOR Displays BCM input/output data in real time.
Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to
ACTIVE TEST D
them.
Inspection by part
SELF-DIAG RESULTS Displays BCM self-diagnosis results.
The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be E
CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR
read.
ECU PART NUMBER BCM part number can be read.
CONFIGURATION Performs BCM configuration read/write functions. F
CONSULT-III APPLICATION ITEMS
Data Monitor G

Monitor item Content


IGN ON SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition switch. H
KEYLESS TRUNK** This is displayed even when it is not equipped.
I-KEY TRUNK* Momentarily indicates [ON/OFF] condition of back door open signal from back door opener switch.
TRNK OPNR SW** Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of back door open signal from back door opener switch.
BL
VEHICLE SPEED This is displayed even when it is not equipped.
* : With Intelligent Key system
J
** : Without Intelligent Key system

Active Test
K
Test item Content
This test is able to check back door lock assembly (actuator) unlock operation.
TRUNK/BACK DOOR
Actuator opens back door lock assembly when “OPEN” on CONSULT-III screen is touched. L

Work Flow INFOID:0000000001704057

M
1. Check the symptom and customer's requests.
2. Understand the outline of system. Refer to BL-156, "System Description".
3. Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts. Refer to BL-159, "Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom". N
4. Does back door opener operate normally? If Yes, GO TO 5. If No, GO TO 3.
5. INSPECTION END
Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom INFOID:0000000001704058
O

Reference P
Symptom Diagnoses/service procedure
page
1. Check BCM power supply and ground circuit. BCS-15

Back door opener does not operate. 2. Check back door opener switch circuit. BL-160
(Without Intelligent Key or power windows) 3. Check back door lock assembly (actuator) circuit. BL-166
4. Replace BCM. BCS-18

Revision: May 2007 BL-159 2008 Versa


BACK DOOR LOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Reference
Symptom Diagnoses/service procedure
page
1. Check BCM power supply and ground circuit. BCS-15

Back door opener does not operate. 2. Check back door opener switch circuit. BL-162
(Without Intelligent Key, with power windows) 3. Check back door lock assembly (actuator) circuit. BL-166
4. Replace BCM. BCS-18
1. Check BCM power supply and ground circuit. BCS-15
Check Intelligent Key power supply and ground cir-
2. BL-110
cuit.
Back door opener does not operate.
(With Intelligent Key) 3. Check back door opener switch circuit. BL-165
4. Check back door lock assembly (actuator) circuit. BL-166
5. Replace BCM. BCS-18

BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit INFOID:0000000001704059

Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection".


Check Back Door Opener Switch Circuit (Without Intelligent Key or Power Windows)
INFOID:0000000001704060

1.CHECK BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH SIGNAL 1


With CONSULT-III
1. Insure front door lock knob LH is turned to the UNLOCK position.
2. Check back door opener switch (“TRNK OPNR SW”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.

Test item Condition


Back door opener switch is pushed: ON
TRNK OPNR SW
Back door opener switch is released: OFF

Without CONSULT-III
1. Insure front door lock knob LH is turned to the UNLOCK position.
2. Check voltage between BCM connector M18 terminal 30 and ground.

Terminals
(+) Voltage (V)
Door condition
(–) (Approx.)
BCM
Terminal
connector

Back door Pushed 0


M18 30 Ground
opener switch Released Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> Back door opener switch is OK. PIIB6468E
NG >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH CIRCUIT 1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM and back door opener switch connector.
3. Check continuity between BCM connector (A) M18 terminal 30 and back door opener switch connector
(B) terminal 1.

Revision: May 2007 BL-160 2008 Versa


BACK DOOR LOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

A B A
Back door opener Continuity
BCM connector Terminal Terminal
switch connector
M18 30 D408 1 Yes B

4. Check continuity between BCM connector (A) M18 terminal 30


and ground.
C

A
Continuity PIIB6469E
BCM connector Terminal Ground D
M18 30 No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. E
NG >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH F
Check continuity between back door opener switch terminals 1 and 2.

Terminal Back door opener G


Continuity
Back door opener switch switch condition

Pushed Yes
1 2 H
Released No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. BL
NG >> Replace back door opener switch.
PIIB6470E

4.CHECK BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH CIRCUIT 2 J


1. Disconnect front door lock actuator LH (door unlock sensor) connector.
2. Check continuity between back door opener switch connector (A) D408 terminal 2 and front door lock
actuator LH (door unlock sensor) connector (B) D3 terminal 4. K

A B
L
Front door lock ac-
Back door opener tuator LH (door un- Continuity
Terminal Terminal
switch connector lock sensor)
connector M
D408 2 D3 4 Yes
3. Check continuity between back door opener switch connector
(A) D408 terminal 2 and ground. N
WIIA1272E

Back door opener


Terminal Continuity
switch connector Ground O
D408 2 No
OK or NG
P
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace harness between back door opener switch and front door lock actuator LH (door
unlock sensor).
5.CHECK FRONT DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR LH (DOOR UNLOCK SENSOR) GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between front door lock actuator LH (door unlock sensor) connector terminal 5 and ground.

Revision: May 2007 BL-161 2008 Versa


BACK DOOR LOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

Front door lock actuator


LH (door unlock sensor) connec- Terminal Continuity
tor Ground

D3 5 Yes
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace harness.

PIIB6423E

6.CHECK UNLOCK SENSOR FUNCTION


1. Connect front door lock actuator LH (door unlock sensor) connector.
2. Check continuity between back door opener switch connector D408 terminal 2 and ground.

Back door
Front door lock
opener switch Terminal Continuity
knob LH position
connector
Unlock Yes
D408 2 Ground
Lock No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace front door lock actuator LH (door unlock sen-
sor). Refer to BL-150. PIIB6472E

7.CHECK BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH SIGNAL 2


1. Connect BCM connector.
2. Check voltage between BCM connector M18 terminal 30 and ground.

Terminals
Voltage (V)
(+)
(–) (Approx.)
BCM connector Terminal
M18 30 Ground Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> Check the condition of harness and connector.
NG >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installa-
tion of BCM". PIIB6468E

Check Back Door Opener Switch Circuit (Without Intelligent Key, with Power Windows)
INFOID:0000000001704061

1.CHECK BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH SIGNAL 1


With CONSULT-III
1. Insure front door lock knob RH is turned to the UNLOCK position.
2. Check back door opener switch (“TRNK OPNR SW”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.

Test item Condition


Back door opener switch is pushed: ON
TRNK OPNR SW
Back door opener switch is released: OFF

Without CONSULT-III
1. Insure front door lock knob RH is turned to the UNLOCK position.
2. Check voltage between BCM connector M18 terminal 30 and ground.

Revision: May 2007 BL-162 2008 Versa


BACK DOOR LOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

Terminals A
(+) Voltage (V)
Door condition
(–) (Approx.)
BCM
Terminal B
connector

Back door Pushed 0


M18 30 Ground
opener switch Released Battery voltage
C
OK or NG
OK >> Back door opener switch is OK. PIIB6468E
NG >> GO TO 2. D
2.CHECK BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH CIRCUIT 1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM and back door opener switch connector. E
3. Check continuity between BCM connector (A) M18 terminal 30 and back door opener switch connector
(B) terminal 1.
F
A B
Back door opener Continuity
BCM connector Terminal Terminal G
switch connector
M18 30 D408 1 Yes
4. Check continuity between BCM connector (A) M18 terminal 30 H
and ground.

A
Continuity PIIB6469E
BL
BCM connector Terminal Ground
M18 30 No
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH K

Check continuity between back door opener switch terminals 1 and 2.


L
Terminal Back door opener
Continuity
Back door opener switch switch condition

Pushed Yes M
1 2
Released No
OK or NG N
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace back door opener switch.
PIIB6470E O
4.CHECK BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH CIRCUIT 2
1. Disconnect front door lock actuator RH (door unlock sensor) connector.
2. Check continuity between back door opener switch connector (A) D408 terminal 2 and front door lock P
actuator RH (door unlock sensor) connector (B) D114 terminal 4.

Revision: May 2007 BL-163 2008 Versa


BACK DOOR LOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

A B
Front door lock ac-
Back door opener tuator RH (door un- Continuity
Terminal Terminal
switch connector lock sensor)
connector
D408 2 D114 4 Yes
3. Check continuity between back door opener switch connector
(A) D408 terminal 2 and ground.
WIIA1271E

Back door opener


Terminal Continuity
switch connector Ground
D408 2 No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace harness between back door opener switch and front door lock actuator RH
(door unlock sensor).
5.CHECK FRONT DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR RH (DOOR UNLOCK SENSOR) GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between front door lock actuator RH (door unlock sensor) connector terminal 5 and ground.

Front door lock actuator


RH (door unlock sensor) connec- Terminal Continuity
tor Ground

D114 5 Yes
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace harness.

WIIA1273E

6.CHECK UNLOCK SENSOR FUNCTION


1. Connect front door lock actuator RH (door unlock sensor) connector.
2. Check continuity between back door opener switch connector D408 terminal 2 and ground.

Back door
Front door lock
opener switch Terminal Continuity
knob RH position
connector
Unlock Yes
D408 2 Ground
Lock No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace front door lock actuator RH (door unlock sen-
sor). Refer to BL-150. PIIB6472E

7.CHECK BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH SIGNAL 2


1. Connect BCM connector.
2. Check voltage between BCM connector and ground.

Revision: May 2007 BL-164 2008 Versa


BACK DOOR LOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

Terminals A
Voltage (V)
(+)
(–) (Approx.)
BCM connector Terminal
B
M18 30 Ground Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> Check the condition of harness and connector. C
NG >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installa-
tion of BCM". PIIB6468E

D
Check Back Door Opener Switch Circuit (With Intelligent Key) INFOID:0000000001704062

1.CHECK BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH SIGNAL E


With CONSULT-III
Check back door opener switch (“I-KEY TRNK”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
F
Test item Condition
Back door opener switch is pushed: ON (momentarily)
I-KEY TRNK
Back door opener switch is released: OFF G

Without CONSULT-III
Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit connector M52 terminal H
24 and ground.

Terminals BL
(+)
Voltage (V)
Door condition
Intelligent (–) (Approx.)
J
Key unit Terminal
connector

Back door Pushed 0


M52 24 Ground
opener switch
K
Released 5 WIIA1279E

OK or NG
OK >> Back door opener switch is OK. L
NG >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH CIRCUIT 1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
2. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit and back door opener switch connector.
3. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit connector (A) M52 terminal 24 and back door opener switch
connector (B) terminal 1. N

A B
Intelligent Key unit Back door opener Continuity O
Terminal Terminal
connector switch connector
M52 24 D408 1 Yes
P
4. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit connector (A) M52
terminal 24 and ground.

A
Continuity WIIA1280E
Intelligent Key unit connector Terminal Ground
M52 24 No

Revision: May 2007 BL-165 2008 Versa


BACK DOOR LOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH
Check continuity between back door opener switch terminals 1 and 2.

Terminal Back door opener


Continuity
Back door opener switch switch condition

Pushed Yes
1 2
Released No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace back door opener switch.
PIIB6470E

4.CHECK BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT


Check continuity between back door opener switch connector termi-
nal 2 and ground.

Back door opener switch


Terminal Continuity
connector Ground
D408 2 Yes
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace harness.
PIIB6472E

5.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY UNIT OUTPUT SIGNAL


1. Connect Intelligent Key unit connector.
2. Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit connector M52 terminal 24 and ground.

Terminals
(+) Voltage (V)
(–) (Approx.)
Intelligent Key unit
Terminal
connector
M52 24 Ground 5
OK or NG
OK >> Check the condition of harness and connector.
NG >> Replace Intelligent Key unit. Refer to BL-142, "Removal
WIIA1279E
and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit".
Check Back Door Lock Assembly (Actuator) Circuit INFOID:0000000001704063

1.CHECK BACK DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY (ACTUATOR) FUNCTION


With CONSULT-III
Check the operation with (“TRUNK/BACK DOOR”) in the ACTIVE TEST.

Does back door actuator system operate normally?


YES or NO
YES >> Back door lock assembly (actuator) is OK.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BACK DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY (ACTUATOR) POWER SUPPLY
Revision: May 2007 BL-166 2008 Versa
BACK DOOR LOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Insure both front door lock knobs are turned to the UNLOCK position. A
3. Disconnect back door lock assembly (actuator) connector.
4. Check voltage between back door lock assembly (actuator) connector D405 terminal 1 and ground.
B
Terminals
(+)
Back door Voltage (V) C
Condition
lock as- (–) (Approx.)
sembly (ac- Terminal
tuator)
connector D
0

Back door Pushed Battery voltage WIIA1275E E
D405 1 Ground ↓
opener switch
0
Released 0 F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 4. G
3.CHECK BACK DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY (ACTUATOR) GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between back door lock assembly (actuator) con- H
nector D405 terminal 2 and ground.

Back door lock assembly (actua-


Terminal Continuity BL
tor) connector Ground
D405 2 Yes
OK or NG J
OK >> Replace back door lock assembly (actuator). Refer to
BL-156.
NG >> Repair or replace harness. WIIA1276E
K
4.CHECK BACK DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY (ACTUATOR) CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect BCM connector.
2. Check continuity between BCM connector (A) M19 terminal 53 and back door lock assembly (actuator) L
connector (B) D405 terminal 1.

A B M
Back door opener Continuity
BCM connector Terminal Terminal
actuator connector
M19 53 D405 1 Yes N

3. Check continuity between BCM connector (A) M19 terminal 53


and ground.
O

BCM connector Terminal Continuity


Ground WIIA1277E
M19 53 No P
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace harness between BCM and back door lock assembly (actuator).
5.CHECK BCM OUTPUT SIGNAL
1. Connect BCM connector.
2. Check voltage between BCM connector M19 terminal 53 and ground.

Revision: May 2007 BL-167 2008 Versa


BACK DOOR LOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

Terminals
(+) Voltage (V)
Condition
(–) (Approx.)
BCM
Terminal
connector
0

Back door Pushed Battery voltage
M19 53 Ground ↓
opener switch
0
PIIB6477E
Released 0
OK or NG
OK >> Check the condition of harness and connector.
NG >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001704064

BACK DOOR LOCK


Removal
1. Remove the back door finisher lower. Refer to EI-36.
2. Remove the bolts, disconnect the electrical connector and sepa-
rate the lock from the door.

LIIA2607E

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
BACK DOOR HANDLE
Removal
1. Remove the back door finisher lower. Refer to EI-36.
2. Disconnect the harness connectors (1), remove the nuts and the
back door handle (A).

LIIA2669E

Revision: May 2007 BL-168 2008 Versa


BACK DOOR LOCK
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Release the clips and remove the switch from the housing.
A

LIIA2609E

D
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

BL

Revision: May 2007 BL-169 2008 Versa


TRUNK LID
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TRUNK LID
Fitting Adjustment INFOID:0000000001704065

LIIA2932E

1. Rear fender 2. Trunk lid 3. Rear combination lamp


4. Rear bumper fascia a. 4.0 ± 1.0 mm (0.16 ± 0.04 in) b. 3.5 ± 1.0 mm (0.14 ± 0.04 in)
c. 4.5 ± 1.7 mm (0.03 ± 0.06 in) d. 7.0 ± 2.2 mm (0.28 ± 0.09 in)

Longitudinal and lateral clearance adjustment


1. With the striker released, loosen the trunk lid hinge nuts and close the trunk lid.
2. Make the lateral clearance and the clearance to the rear window glass equal. Then open the trunk lid to
tighten the nuts.
Surface height adjustment
1. Loosen the striker bolts. Raise the striker to the top position, and temporarily tighten the upper bolt.
2. Close the trunk lid lightly and adjust the surface height. Then open the trunk lid and tighten the striker
bolts.
Trunk Lid Assembly INFOID:0000000001704066

REMOVAL
1. Remove the trunk lid finisher. Refer to EI-53 .
2. Remove the trunk lid wire harness.

Revision: May 2007 BL-170 2008 Versa


TRUNK LID
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Remove the nuts (a) and the trunk lid assembly (1).
A

H
LIIA2933E

INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal. BL
CAUTION:
After installing, apply touch-up paint (body color) to the head of the hinge nuts.
Trunk Lid Lock INFOID:0000000001704067 J

REMOVAL
1. Remove the trunk lid finisher. Refer to EI-53. K
2. If equipped, disconnect the trunk lid lock cylinder rod.
3. Remove the release cable.
L
4. Disconnect the electrical connector (a), remove the bolts (b) and
the trunk lid lock (1).

O
LIIA2935E

INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal. P
Trunk Lid Striker INFOID:0000000001704068

REMOVAL
1. Remove the trunk rear plate and trunk rear finisher. Refer to EI-53.
2. Remove the bolts, disconnect the electrical connector and remove the trunk lock actuator.
3. Remove the bolt and disconnect the trunk lid release cable.
Revision: May 2007 BL-171 2008 Versa
TRUNK LID
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Remove the bolts (a) and the trunk lid striker (1).

LIIA2934E

INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: May 2007 BL-172 2008 Versa


TRUNK LID OPENER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
TRUNK LID OPENER
A
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location INFOID:0000000001704069

LIIA2918E
BL
1. BCM M18, M19, M20 2. Intelligent Key unit M52 3. Lamp switch and trunk release sole-
(view with glove box removed) (with Intelligent Key) noid B127
4. Trunk lid opener switch B128 5. Front door lock actuator (door unlock J
sensor) LH D3, RH D114

System Description INFOID:0000000001704070


K
Power is supplied at all times
• through 40A fusible link (letter g, located in fuse and fusible link box)
• to BCM terminal 70 L
• through 10A fuse [No. 8, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• to BCM terminal 57
• through 10A fuse [No. 31, located in fuse block (J/B)]
• to Intelligent Key unit terminal 11 (with Intelligent Key). M
Ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 67 and
• to Intelligent Key unit terminal 12 (with Intelligent Key) N
• through body grounds M57 and M61.
When trunk lid opener switch is ON (pushed), ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 30 (without Intelligent Key)
O
• through trunk lid opener switch terminals 1 and 2
• through front door lock actuator LH (door unlock sensor) terminals 4 and 5 (without power windows) or
• through front door lock actuator RH (door unlock sensor) terminals 4 and 5 (with power windows)
• through body grounds M57 and M61 P
• to Intelligent Key unit terminal 24 (with Intelligent Key)
• through trunk lid opener switch terminals 1 and 2
• through body grounds B117 and B132.
Then power is supplied
• through BCM terminal 53
• to trunk lamp switch and trunk release solenoid terminal 2.
Ground is supplied

Revision: May 2007 BL-173 2008 Versa


TRUNK LID OPENER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• to trunk lamp switch and trunk release solenoid terminal 1
• through body grounds B117 and B132.
Then BCM operates trunk lamp switch and trunk release solenoid.
Wiring Diagram - TLID - INFOID:0000000001704071

WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

WIWA2278E

Revision: May 2007 BL-174 2008 Versa


TRUNK LID OPENER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
A

BL

WIWA2279E
P
Terminal and Reference Value for BCM INFOID:0000000001704072

Refer to BCS-11, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM".


Terminal and Reference Value for Intelligent Key Unit INFOID:0000000001704073

Refer to BL-96, "Terminal and Reference Value for Intelligent Key Unit".

Revision: May 2007 BL-175 2008 Versa


TRUNK LID OPENER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CONSULT-III Function (BCM) INFOID:0000000001704074

CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following.

BCM
Diagnostic mode Description
diagnostic test item
Supports inspections and adjustments. Commands are transmitted to the
WORK SUPPORT BCM for setting the status suitable for required operation, input/output sig-
nals are received from the BCM and received date is displayed.
DATA MONITOR Displays BCM input/output data in real time.
Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to
ACTIVE TEST
them.
Inspection by part
SELF-DIAG RESULTS Displays BCM self-diagnosis results.
The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be
CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR
read.
ECU PART NUMBER BCM part number can be read.
CONFIGURATION Performs BCM configuration read/write functions.

CONSULT-III APPLICATION ITEMS


Data Monitor

Monitor item Content


IGN ON SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition switch.
KEYLESS TRUNK** This is displayed even when it is not equipped.
I-KEY TRUNK* Momentarily indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk open signal from trunk lid opener switch.
TRNK OPNR SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk open signal from trunk lid opener switch.
VEHICLE SPEED This is displayed even when it is not equipped.
* : With Intelligent Key system
** : Without Intelligent Key system

Active Test

Test item Content


This test is able to check trunk lid lock assembly (actuator) unlock operation.
TRUNK/BACK DOOR
Actuator opens trunk lid lock assembly when “OPEN” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.

Work Flow INFOID:0000000001704075

1. Check the symptom and customer's requests.


2. Understand the outline of system. Refer to BL-173, "System Description".
3. Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts. Refer to BL-176, "Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom".
4. Does trunk lid opener operate normally? If Yes, GO TO 5. If No, GO TO 3.
5. INSPECTION END
Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom INFOID:0000000001704076

Reference
Symptom Diagnoses/service procedure
page
1. Check BCM power supply and ground circuit. BCS-15

Trunk lid opener does not operate. 2. Check trunk lid opener switch circuit. BL-177
(Without Intelligent Key or power windows) 3. Check trunk lid lock assembly (actuator) circuit. BL-183
4. Replace BCM. BCS-18

Revision: May 2007 BL-176 2008 Versa


TRUNK LID OPENER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Reference
Symptom Diagnoses/service procedure
page A
1. Check BCM power supply and ground circuit. BCS-15

Trunk lid opener does not operate. 2. Check trunk lid opener switch circuit. BL-179
(Without Intelligent Key, with power windows)
B
3. Check trunk lid lock assembly (actuator) circuit. BL-183
4. Replace BCM. BCS-18
1. Check BCM power supply and ground circuit. BCS-15 C
Check Intelligent Key power supply and ground cir-
2. BL-110
cuit.
Trunk lid opener does not operate.
(With Intelligent Key) 3. Check trunk lid opener switch circuit. BL-182 D
4. Check trunk lid lock assembly (actuator) circuit. BL-183
5. Replace BCM. BCS-18
E

BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit INFOID:0000000001704077 F

Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection".


Check Trunk Lid Opener Switch Circuit (Without Intelligent Key or Power Windows) G
INFOID:0000000001704078

1.CHECK TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH SIGNAL 1 H


With CONSULT-III
1. Insure front door lock knob LH is turned to the UNLOCK position.
2. Check trunk lid opener switch (“TRNK OPNR SW”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. BL

Test item Condition


Trunk lid opener switch is pushed: ON J
TRNK OPNR SW
Trunk lid opener switch is released: OFF

K
Without CONSULT-III
1. Insure front door lock knob LH is turned to the UNLOCK position.
2. Check voltage between BCM connector M18 terminal 30 and ground.
L
Terminals
(+) Voltage (V)
Door condition
(Approx.)
M
BCM (–)
Terminal
connector

Trunk lid open- Pushed 0 N


M18 30 Ground
er switch Released Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> Trunk lid opener switch is OK. O
PIIB6468E
NG >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH CIRCUIT 1 P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM and trunk lid opener switch connector.
3. Check continuity between BCM connector (A) M18 terminal 30 and trunk lid opener switch connector
B128 (B) terminal 1.

Revision: May 2007 BL-177 2008 Versa


TRUNK LID OPENER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

A B
Trunk lid opener Continuity
BCM connector Terminal Terminal
switch connector
M18 30 B128 1 Yes
4. Check continuity between BCM connector (A) M18 terminal 30
and ground.

A
Continuity PIIB6469E
BCM connector Terminal Ground
M18 30 No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH
Check continuity between trunk lid opener switch terminals 1 and 2.

Terminal Trunk lid opener


Continuity
Trunk lid opener switch switch condition

Pushed Yes
1 2
Released No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace trunk lid opener switch.
PIIB6470E

4.CHECK TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH CIRCUIT 2


1. Disconnect front door lock actuator LH (door unlock sensor) connector.
2. Check continuity between trunk lid opener switch connector (A) B128 terminal 2 and front door lock actu-
ator LH (door unlock sensor) connector (B) D3 terminal 4.

A B
Front door lock ac-
Trunk lid opener tuator LH (door un- Continuity
Terminal Terminal
switch connector lock sensor)
connector
B128 2 D3 4 Yes
3. Check continuity between trunk lid opener switch connector (A)
B128 terminal 2 and ground.
WIIA1272E

Trunk lid opener


Terminal Continuity
switch connector Ground
B128 2 No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace harness between trunk lid opener switch and front door lock actuator LH (door
unlock sensor).
5.CHECK FRONT DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR LH (DOOR UNLOCK SENSOR) GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between front door lock actuator LH (door unlock sensor) connector terminal 5 and ground.

Revision: May 2007 BL-178 2008 Versa


TRUNK LID OPENER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

Front door lock actuator A


LH (door unlock sensor) connec- Terminal Continuity
tor Ground

D3 5 Yes B
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace harness. C

PIIB6423E

6.CHECK UNLOCK SENSOR FUNCTION D

1. Connect front door lock actuator LH (door unlock sensor) connector.


2. Check continuity between trunk lid opener switch connector B128 terminal 2 and ground.
E

Trunk lid opener


Front door lock
switch connec- Terminal Continuity
knob LH position F
tor
Unlock Yes
B128 2 Ground
Lock No
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace front door lock actuator LH (door unlock sen- H
sor). Refer to BL-150. PIIB6472E

7.CHECK TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH SIGNAL 2


1. Connect BCM connector. BL
2. Check voltage between BCM connector M18 terminal 30 and ground.

Terminals
J
Voltage (V)
(+)
(–) (Approx.)
BCM connector Terminal
K
M18 30 Ground Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> Check the condition of harness and connector. L
NG >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installa-
tion of BCM". PIIB6468E
M
Check Trunk Lid Opener Switch Circuit (Without Intelligent Key, with Power Windows)
INFOID:0000000001704079

1.CHECK TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH SIGNAL 1 N

With CONSULT-III
1. Insure front door lock knob RH is turned to the UNLOCK position. O
2. Check trunk lid opener switch (“TRNK OPNR SW”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.

Test item Condition P


Trunk lid opener switch is pushed: ON
TRNK OPNR SW
Trunk lid opener switch is released: OFF

Without CONSULT-III
1. Insure front door lock knob RH is turned to the UNLOCK position.
2. Check voltage between BCM connector M18 terminal 30 and ground.

Revision: May 2007 BL-179 2008 Versa


TRUNK LID OPENER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

Terminals
(+) Voltage (V)
Door condition
(–) (Approx.)
BCM
Terminal
connector

Trunk lid open- Pushed 0


M18 30 Ground
er switch Released Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> Trunk lid opener switch is OK. PIIB6468E
NG >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH CIRCUIT 1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM and trunk lid opener switch connector.
3. Check continuity between BCM connector (A) M18 terminal 30 and trunk lid opener switch connector (B)
terminal 1.

A B
Trunk lid opener Continuity
BCM connector Terminal Terminal
switch connector
M18 30 B128 1 Yes
4. Check continuity between BCM connector (A) M18 terminal 30
and ground.

A
Continuity PIIB6469E
BCM connector Terminal Ground
M18 30 No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH
Check continuity between trunk lid opener switch terminals 1 and 2.

Terminal Trunk lid opener


Continuity
Trunk lid opener switch switch condition

Pushed Yes
1 2
Released No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace trunk lid opener switch.
PIIB6470E

4.CHECK TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH CIRCUIT 2


1. Disconnect front door lock actuator RH (door unlock sensor) connector.
2. Check continuity between trunk lid opener switch connector (A) B128 terminal 2 and front door lock actu-
ator RH (door unlock sensor) connector (B) D114 terminal 4.

Revision: May 2007 BL-180 2008 Versa


TRUNK LID OPENER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

A B A
Front door lock ac-
Trunk lid opener tuator RH (door un- Continuity
Terminal Terminal
switch connector lock sensor) B
connector
B128 2 D114 4 Yes
3. Check continuity between trunk lid opener switch connector (A) C
B128 terminal 2 and ground.
WIIA1271E

Trunk lid opener D


Terminal Continuity
switch connector Ground
B128 2 No
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace harness between trunk lid opener switch and front door lock actuator RH (door
unlock sensor). F
5.CHECK FRONT DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR RH (DOOR UNLOCK SENSOR) GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between front door lock actuator RH (door unlock sensor) connector terminal 5 and ground. G

Front door lock actuator


RH (door unlock sensor) connec- Terminal Continuity H
tor Ground

D114 5 Yes
OK or NG BL
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace harness.
J
WIIA1273E

6.CHECK UNLOCK SENSOR FUNCTION


K
1. Connect front door lock actuator RH (door unlock sensor) connector.
2. Check continuity between trunk lid opener switch connector B128 terminal 2 and ground.

L
Trunk lid opener
Front door lock
switch connec- Terminal Continuity
knob RH position
tor
Unlock Yes M
B128 2 Ground
Lock No
OK or NG N
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace front door lock actuator RH (door unlock sen-
sor). Refer to BL-150. PIIB6472E
O
7.CHECK TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH SIGNAL 2
1. Connect BCM connector.
2. Check voltage between BCM connector and ground. P

Revision: May 2007 BL-181 2008 Versa


TRUNK LID OPENER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

Terminals
Voltage (V)
(+)
(–) (Approx.)
BCM connector Terminal
M18 30 Ground Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> Check the condition of harness and connector.
NG >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installa-
tion of BCM". PIIB6468E

Check Trunk Lid Opener Switch Circuit (With Intelligent Key) INFOID:0000000001704080

1.CHECK TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH SIGNAL


With CONSULT-III
Check trunk lid opener switch (“I-KEY TRNK”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.

Test item Condition


Trunk lid opener switch is pushed: ON (momentarily)
I-KEY TRNK
Trunk lid opener switch is released: OFF

Without CONSULT-III
Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit connector M52 terminal
24 and ground.

Terminals
(+)
Voltage (V)
Door condition
Intelligent (–) (Approx.)
Key unit Terminal
connector

Trunk lid open- Pushed 0


M52 24 Ground
er switch Released 5 WIIA1279E

OK or NG
OK >> Trunk lid opener switch is OK.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH CIRCUIT 1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit and trunk lid opener switch connector.
3. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit connector (A) M52 terminal 24 and trunk lid opener switch
connector B128 (B) terminal 1.

A B
Intelligent Key unit Trunk lid opener Continuity
Terminal Terminal
connector switch connector
M52 24 B128 1 Yes
4. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit connector (A) M52
terminal 24 and ground.

A
Continuity WIIA1280E
Intelligent Key unit connector Terminal Ground
M52 24 No

Revision: May 2007 BL-182 2008 Versa


TRUNK LID OPENER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. A
NG >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH
B
Check continuity between trunk lid opener switch terminals 1 and 2.

Terminal Trunk lid opener C


Continuity
Trunk lid opener switch switch condition

Pushed Yes
1 2
Released No D

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. E
NG >> Replace trunk lid opener switch.
PIIB6470E

4.CHECK TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT F


Check continuity between trunk lid opener switch connector terminal
2 and ground.
G
Trunk lid opener switch con-
Terminal Continuity
nector Ground
B128 2 Yes H

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. BL
NG >> Repair or replace harness.
PIIB6472E

5.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY UNIT OUTPUT SIGNAL J


1. Connect Intelligent Key unit connector.
2. Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit connector M52 terminal 24 and ground.
K
Terminals
(+) Voltage (V)
Intelligent Key unit (–) (Approx.) L
Terminal
connector
M52 24 Ground 5
M
OK or NG
OK >> Check the condition of harness and connector.
NG >> Replace Intelligent Key unit. Refer to BL-142, "Removal
and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit".
WIIA1279E N

Check Trunk Release Solenoid Circuit INFOID:0000000001704081

O
1.CHECK TRUNK LAMP SWITCH AND TRUNK RELEASE SOLENOID FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III
Check the operation with (“TRUNK/BACK DOOR”) in the ACTIVE TEST. P

Does trunk release solenoid system operate normally?


YES or NO
YES >> Trunk release solenoid is OK.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK TRUNK LAMP SWITCH AND RELEASE SOLENOID POWER SUPPLY
Revision: May 2007 BL-183 2008 Versa
TRUNK LID OPENER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Insure both front door lock knobs are turned to the UNLOCK position.
3. Disconnect trunk lamp switch and trunk release solenoid connector.
4. Check voltage between trunk lamp switch and trunk release solenoid connector B127 terminal 2 and
ground.

Terminals
(+)
Trunk lamp
Voltage (V)
switch and Condition
(–) (Approx.)
trunk re-
Terminal
lease sole-
noid
connector
0
↓ WIIA1418E

Trunk lid open- Pushed Battery voltage


B127 2 Ground ↓
er switch
0
Released 0
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK TRUNK LAMP SWITCH AND TRUNK RELEASE SOLENOID GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between trunk lamp switch and trunk release sole-
noid connector B127 terminal 1 and ground.

Trunk lamp switch and trunk re-


Terminal Continuity
lease solenoid connector Ground
B127 1 Yes
OK or NG
OK >> Replace trunk lamp switch and trunk release solenoid.
NG >> Repair or replace harness.
WIIA1419E

4.CHECK TRUNK LAMP SWITCH AND TRUNK RELEASE SOLENOID CIRCUIT


1. Disconnect BCM connector.
2. Check continuity between BCM connector (A) M19 terminal 53 and trunk lamp switch and trunk release
solenoid connector B127(B) terminal 2.

A B
Trunk lamp switch Continuity
BCM connector Terminal and trunk release Terminal
solenoid connector
M19 53 B127 2 Yes
3. Check continuity between BCM connector (A) M19 terminal 53
and ground.

WIIA1420E
BCM connector Terminal Continuity
Ground
M19 53 No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace harness between BCM and trunk lamp switch and trunk release solenoid.

Revision: May 2007 BL-184 2008 Versa


TRUNK LID OPENER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
5.CHECK BCM OUTPUT SIGNAL A
1. Connect BCM connector.
2. Check voltage between BCM connector M19 terminal 53 and ground.
B
Terminals
(+) Voltage (V)
Condition
(–) (Approx.) C
BCM
Terminal
connector
0
↓ D
Trunk lid open- Pushed Battery voltage
M19 53 Ground ↓
er switch
0
PIIB6477E
E
Released 0
OK or NG
OK >> Check the condition of harness and connector. F
NG >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM".

BL

Revision: May 2007 BL-185 2008 Versa


FUEL FILLER LID OPENER
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
FUEL FILLER LID OPENER
Removal and Installation of Fuel Filler Lid Opener INFOID:0000000001704082

REMOVAL
1. Remove trunk side finisher (RH). Refer to EI-51, "Removal and Installation".

2. Remove fuel filler lock.


3. Remove front kicking plate and rear kicking plate. Refer to EI-
38, "Removal and Installation".
4. Remove rear cushion assembly. Refer to SE-15, "Removal and
Installation".

PIIB3831J

5. Remove fuel filler lid opener cable clip from the vehicle.

LIIA2629E

6. Remove the bolts and the fuel filler lid opener.


7. Remove the fuel filler lid opener cable.

LIIA2670E

INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: May 2007 BL-186 2008 Versa


VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
A
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location INFOID:0000000001704083

BL

LIIA2919E O

1. Horn relay H-1 2. BCM M18, M19, M20 3. Intelligent Key unit M52
(view with glove box removed) (with Intelligent Key)
P
4. Combination meter M24 5. Security indicator lamp 6. Front door key cylinder switch LH
D14
7. Front door switch LH B8, RH B108 8. Rear door switch LH B6, RH B116 9. Back door lock assembly (back door
switch) D405 (hatchback view with
back door open)

Revision: May 2007 BL-187 2008 Versa


VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
10. Trunk lamp switch and trunk release 11. Trunk key cylinder switch B142 12. Main power window and door lock/
solenoid B127 unlock switch D7, D8
(sedan view with trunk open) Power window and door lock/unlock
switch RH D105
13. Horn (low) E18, E20 14. Horn (high) E21, E22

System Description INFOID:0000000001704084

DESCRIPTION
Operation Flow

PIIA1367E

Setting the vehicle security system

Initial condition
• Ignition switch is in OFF position.
Disarmed phase
• When the vehicle is being driven or when any door or trunk (sedan) is open, the vehicle security system is
set in the disarmed phase on the assumption that the owner is inside or near the vehicle.
Pre-armed phase and armed phase
• The vehicle security system turns into the "pre-armed" phase (security lamp illuminates) when the BCM
receives LOCK signal from front door key cylinder switch, keyfob or Intelligent Key after all doors and trunk
(sedan) are closed.
• All doors and trunk (sedan) are closed after front doors are locked by key or door lock and unlock switch.
The security indicator lamp illuminates for 30 seconds. then, the system automatically shifts into the "armed"
phase.
Canceling the set vehicle security system
Armed phase is canceled when the driver unlocks the doors or the trunk (sedan) with the key, keyfob or Intelli-
gent Key.
Activating the alarm operation of the vehicle security system
Make sure the system is in the armed phase.
When one of the following operations is performed, the system sounds the horns and flashes the headlamps
for about 50 seconds.
1. Any door is opened before unlocking door with key, keyfob or Intelligent Key.
2. Door is unlocked without using key, keyfob or Intelligent Key.
3. Trunk (sedan) is opened without using the key, trunk lid opener switch, keyfob or Intelligent Key (sedan).
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND
Power is supplied at all times
• through 10A fuse [No.13, located in the fuse block (J/B)]

Revision: May 2007 BL-188 2008 Versa


VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• to combination meter terminal 27 (security indicator lamp)
• through 40A fusible link (letter g, located in the fuse and fusible link box) A
• to BCM terminal 70
• through 10A fuse [No. 8, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to BCM terminal 57
B
• through 10A fuse (No. 28, located in the fuse and fusible link box)
• to horn relay terminal 2
• through 15A fuse (No. 52, located in the IPDM E/R)
• to IPDM E/R internal CPU. C
• through 20A fuse (No. 53, located in the IPDM E/R)
• to IPDM E/R internal CPU.
With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied D
• through 10A fuse [No. 20, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to BCM terminal 11.
E
With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied
• through 10A fuse [No. 6, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
• to BCM terminal 38.
F
Ground is supplied
• to BCM terminal 67
• through body grounds M57 and M61.
G
INITIAL CONDITION TO ACTIVATE THE SYSTEM
The operation of the vehicle security system is controlled by the doors and trunk (sedan).
To activate the vehicle security system, BCM must receive signals indicating the ignition switch is OFF, doors
and trunk (sedan) are closed and locked. H
When a door or trunk (sedan) is open, BCM terminal 12, 13, 42, 43, 47 or 48 receives a ground signal from
each door or trunk switch. In addition to BCM, when back door is open, the Intelligent Key unit terminal 23
receives a ground signal from back door or trunk (sedan) through BCM terminal 30. BL
When front door LH is unlocked, BCM terminal 46 receives a signal from terminal 6 of main power window and
door lock/unlock switch.
When front door RH is unlocked, BCM terminal 46 receives a signal from terminal 2 of power window and door
J
lock/unlock switch RH.
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM ALARM OPERATION
The vehicle security system is triggered by K
• Opening a door without using the key, keyfob or Intelligent Key.
• Opening trunk without using the key, keyfob or Intelligent Key (sedan).
The vehicle security system will be triggered once the system is in armed phase,
• when BCM receives a ground signal at terminals 12, 13, 47, 48 (front or rear door switch), terminal 42 L
(sedan, trunk switch) or terminal 43 (hatchback, back door switch).
When the vehicle security system is triggered, ground is supplied intermittently
• from IPDM E/R terminal 45 M
• to horn relay terminal 1.
The headlamps flash and the horn sounds intermittently.
The alarm automatically turns off after 50 seconds, but will reactivate if the vehicle is tampered with again.
N
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM DEACTIVATION
To deactivate the vehicle security system, a door or trunk (sedan) must be unlocked with the key, keyfob or
Intelligent Key. O
When the key is used to unlock the driver door, BCM terminal 7 receives signal
• from terminal 3 of the front door key cylinder switch LH.
When the key is used to open the trunk (sedan), BCM terminal 41 receives signal
• from terminal 1 of the trunk key cylinder switch. P
When the BCM receives an unlock signal from keyfob, Intelligent Key, front door key cylinder switch LH or
trunk key cylinder switch (sedan), the vehicle security system is deactivated (Disarmed phase).
PANIC ALARM OPERATION
Intelligent Key and remote keyless entry system may or may not operate vehicle security system (horn and
headlamps) as required.
When the remote keyless entry system is triggered, ground is supplied intermittently

Revision: May 2007 BL-189 2008 Versa


VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• from IPDM E/R terminal 45
• to horn relay terminal 1.
The headlamp flashes and the horn sounds intermittently.
The alarm automatically turns off after 25 seconds or when BCM receives any signal from keyfob or Intelligent
Key.
CAN Communication System Description INFOID:0000000001704085

Refer to LAN-6.

Revision: May 2007 BL-190 2008 Versa


VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Schematic INFOID:0000000001704086

BL

ALKWA0197GB
P

Revision: May 2007 BL-191 2008 Versa


VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - VEHSEC - INFOID:0000000001704087

WIWA2281E

Revision: May 2007 BL-192 2008 Versa


VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

BL

WIWA2282E

Revision: May 2007 BL-193 2008 Versa


VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

WIWA1974E

Revision: May 2007 BL-194 2008 Versa


VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

BL

LIWA0555E

Terminal and Reference Value for BCM INFOID:0000000001704088 P

Refer to BCS-11, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM".


Terminal and Reference Value for Intelligent Key Unit INFOID:0000000001704089

Refer to BL-96, "Terminal and Reference Value for Intelligent Key Unit".

Revision: May 2007 BL-195 2008 Versa


VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
CONSULT-III Function (BCM) INFOID:0000000001704090

CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following.

BCM
Diagnostic mode Description
diagnostic test item
Supports inspections and adjustments. Commands are transmitted to the
WORK SUPPORT BCM for setting the status suitable for required operation, input/output sig-
nals are received from the BCM and received date is displayed.
DATA MONITOR Displays BCM input/output data in real time.
Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to
ACTIVE TEST
them.
Inspection by part
SELF-DIAG RESULTS Displays BCM self-diagnosis results.
The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be
CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR
read.
ECU PART NUMBER BCM part number can be read.
CONFIGURATION Performs BCM configuration read/write functions.

CONSULT-III APPLICATION ITEM


Work Support

Test Item Description


SECURITY ALARM SET This mode can confirm and change security alarm ON-OFF setting.
The switch which triggered vehicle security alarm is recorded. This mode is able to confirm and
THEFT ALM TRG erase the record of vehicle security alarm. The trigger data can be erased by touching “CLEAR” on
CONSULT-III screen.

Data Monitor

Monitored Item Description


IGN ON SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition switch.
ACC ON SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition switch in ACC position.
KEYLESS LOCK* Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from keyfob.
KEYLESS UNLOCK* Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from keyfob.
I-KEY LOCK** Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from keyfob.
I-KEY UNLOCK** Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from keyfob.
I-KEY TRUNK** Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk open signal from keyfob.
TRNK OPNR SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk opener switch.
TRUNK CYL SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk key cylinder switch.
TRNK OPN MNTR Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk lid status.
DOOR SW-DR Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door switch LH.
DOOR SW-AS Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door switch RH.
DOOR SW-RR Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of rear door switch RH.
DOOR SW-RL Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of rear door switch LH.
BACK DOOR SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of back door switch.
KEY CYL LK SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from key cylinder switch.
KEY CYL UN SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from key cylinder switch.
CDL LOCK SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from door lock/unlock switch LH and RH.
CDL UNLOCK SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from door lock/unlock switch LH and RH.
* : With remote keyless entry system
** : With Intelligent Key system

Revision: May 2007 BL-196 2008 Versa


VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Active Test
A
Test Item Description
This test is able to check security indicator lamp operation. The lamp will be turned on when “ON”
THEFT IND
on CONSULT-III screen is touched. B
This test is able to check vehicle security horn operation. The horns will be activated for 0.5 sec-
VEHICLE SECURITY HORN
onds after “ON” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
This test is able to check vehicle security lamp operation. The headlamps will be activated for 0.5 C
HEADLAMP (HI)
seconds after “ON” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.

Trouble Diagnosis INFOID:0000000001704091


D
WORK FLOW
E

BL

LIIA2635E M
• For “POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM” diagnosis, refer to BL-22.
• For "INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM” diagnosis, refer to BL-74.
• For “REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM” diagnosis, refer to BL-51. N
Preliminary Check INFOID:0000000001704092

1.CHECK BCM CONFIGURATION O


Confirm BCM configuration for "THEFT ALARM" is set to "WITH". Refer to BCS-17, "Configuration".
OK or NG
P
OK >> Proceed with the preliminary check to verify system operation.
NG >> Change BCM configuration for "THEFT ALARM" to "WITH". Refer to BCS-17, "Configuration".

Revision: May 2007 BL-197 2008 Versa


VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
The system operation is canceled by turning ignition switch to ACC at any step between START and ARMED
in the following flow chart.

LIIA2928E

After performing preliminary check, go to symptom chart. Refer to BL-199, "Symptom Chart".

Revision: May 2007 BL-198 2008 Versa


VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Symptom Chart INFOID:0000000001704093

SYMPTOM PROCEDURE Diagnostic procedure


Diagnostic Procedure 1 (Door switch check) (Hatchback) B
Refer to BL-200, "Diagnosis Procedure 1".
Diagnostic Procedure 7 (Door switch check) (Sedan)
Refer to BL-204, "Diagnosis Procedure 7". C
AII items
Diagnostic Procedure 8 (Trunk switch check) (Sedan)
Refer to BL-206, "Diagnosis Procedure 8".
If the above systems are “OK”, replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal D
and Installation of BCM".
Diagnostic Procedure 6 (Door lock/unlock switch check)
Refer to BL-204, "Diagnosis Procedure 6". E
Lock/unlock switch
Vehicle security If the above systems are “OK”, check main power window and door lock/un-
1 system cannot be lock switch. Refer to GW-18.
set by ····
Diagnostic Procedure 3 (Door key cylinder switch check) F
Refer to BL-204, "Diagnosis Procedure 3".
Door outside key (driver)
If the above systems are “OK”, check main power window and door lock/un-
lock switch. Refer to GW-18.
G
Check Intelligent Key entry function. Refer to BL-76, "System Description"
Intelligent key If the above systems are “OK”, replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal
and Installation of BCM". H
Check remote keyless entry function. Refer to BL-58, "Preliminary Check".
Keyfob (without Intelligent Key) If the above systems are “OK”, replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal
and Installation of BCM". BL
Diagnostic Procedure 2 (Security indicator lamp check)
Security indicator Refer to BL-203, "Diagnosis Procedure 2".
2 does not turn Security indicator lamp
“ON”. If the above systems are “OK”, replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal J
and Installation of BCM".
Diagnostic Procedure 1 (Door switch check) (hatchback)
Refer to BL-200, "Diagnosis Procedure 1". K
Diagnostic Procedure 7 (Door switch check) (Sedan)
*1 Vehicle security Refer to BL-204, "Diagnosis Procedure 7".
3 system does not Any door or trunk is opened.
alarm when ···· Diagnostic Procedure 8 (Trunk switch check) (Sedan) L
Refer to BL-206, "Diagnosis Procedure 8".
If the above systems are “OK”, replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal
and Installation of BCM".
M
Diagnostic Procedure 4 (Vehicle security horn alarm check).
Refer to BL-204, "Diagnosis Procedure 4".
Horn alarm
If the above systems are “OK”, check horn system. N
Vehicle security Refer to WW-37.
4 alarm does not ac-
tivate. Diagnostic Procedure 5 (Head lamp alarm check).
Refer to BL-204, "Diagnosis Procedure 5".
Head lamp alarm O
If the above systems are “OK”, replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal
and Installation of BCM".

Revision: May 2007 BL-199 2008 Versa


VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
SYMPTOM PROCEDURE Diagnostic procedure
Diagnostic Procedure 3 (Door key cylinder switch check).
Refer to BL-204, "Diagnosis Procedure 3".
Door outside key (driver)
If the above systems are “OK”, check main power window and door lock/un-
lock switch. Refer to GW-18.
Trunk key cylinder switch (se- Diagnostic Procedure 9 (Trunk key cylinder switch check) (Sedan)
Vehicle security dan) Refer to BL-207, "Diagnosis Procedure 9".
5 system cannot be
Check Intelligent Key entry function. Refer to BL-76, "System Description"
canceled by ····
Intelligent key If the above systems are “OK”, replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal
and Installation of BCM".
Check remote keyless entry function. Refer to BL-58, "Preliminary Check".
Keyfob (without Intelligent Key) If the above systems are “OK”, replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal
and Installation of BCM".
*1 : Make sure the system is in the armed phase.

Diagnosis Procedure 1 INFOID:0000000001704094

1-1 DOOR SWITCH CHECK (HATCHBACK)


1.CHECK DOOR SWITCHES INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-III
Check door switches ("DOOR SW-DR", "DOOR SW-AS", "DOOR SW-RL", "DOOR SW-RR", "BACK DOOR
SW") in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT–III. Refer to BL-36, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)".
• When doors are open:

DOOR SW-DR : ON
DOOR SW-AS : ON
DOOR SW-RL : ON
DOOR SW-RR : ON
BACK DOOR SW : ON
• When doors are closed:

DOOR SW-DR : OFF


DOOR SW-AS : OFF
DOOR SW-RL : OFF
DOOR SW-RR : OFF
BACK DOOR SW : OFF

Without CONSULT-III
Check voltage between BCM connector M18 or M19 terminals 12, 13, 43, 47, 48 and ground.

Terminals Voltage (V)


Connector Item Condition
(+) (–) (Approx.)

LIIA1041E

Revision: May 2007 BL-200 2008 Versa


VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Front door
12
switch RH A
M18
Rear door
13
switch RH
Open 0 B
Back door
43 Ground ↓ ↓
switch
Closed Battery voltage
Front door
M19 47
switch LH C
Rear door
48
switch LH
OK or NG D
OK1 >> Door switch circuit is OK (without Intelligent Key).
OK2 >> GO TO 6 (with Intelligent Key).
NG >> GO TO 2. E
2.CHECK DOOR SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
F
2. Disconnect door switch and BCM.
3. Check continuity between door switch connector (B) B8 (front LH), B108 (front RH) terminal 2 or (C) B6
(rear LH), B116 (rear RH) terminal 1 or back door lock assembly connector (D) D405 terminal 3 and BCM
connectors (A) M18, M19 terminals 12, 13, 43, 47 and 48. G

1 - 13 : Continuity should exist.


1 - 48 : Continuity should exist. H
2 - 12 : Continuity should exist.
2 - 47 : Continuity should exist.
BL
3 - 43 : Continuity should exist.
4. Check continuity between door switch connector (B) B8 (front
LH), B108 (front RH) terminal 2 or (C) B6 (rear LH), B116 (rear J
RH) terminal 1 or back door lock assembly connector (D) D405
terminal 3 and ground.
K
1 - Ground : Continuity should not exist.
2 - Ground : Continuity should not exist.
3 - Ground : Continuity should not exist. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace harness. M

WIIA1244E
N
3.CHECK DOOR SWITCHES
FRONT AND REAR DOORS
Check continuity between front door switch terminal 2 or rear door O
switch terminal 1 and exposed metal of switch while pressing and
releasing switch.
P
Door switch is released : Continuity should exist.
Door switch is pushed : Continuity should not exist.

PIIB6899E

Revision: May 2007 BL-201 2008 Versa


VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BACK DOOR
Check continuity between back door lock assembly connector (back
door switch) terminals 3 and 4 while pressing (closing back door)
and releasing (opening back door) switch.

When back door is open : Continuity should exist.


When back door is closed : Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK1 >> (Front and rear doors) Switch circuit is OK.
OK2 >> (Back door) GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace door switch. WIIA1245E

4.CHECK BACK DOOR SWITCH GROUND


Check continuity between back door lock assembly connector D405
terminal 4 and ground.

4 - Ground : Continuity should exist.


OK or NG
OK1 >> Back door switch circuit is OK (without Intelligent Key).
OK2 >> GO TO 5 (with Intelligent Key).
NG >> Repair or replace harness.

WIIA1246E

5.CHECK BACK DOOR SWITCH SIGNAL FOR SHORT


1. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit.
2. Check continuity between BCM connector M18 terminal 30 and ground.

30 - Ground : Continuity should not exist.

WIIA1299E

OK or NG
OK >> Back door switch circuit is OK.
NG >> Repair or replace harness.
6.CHECK BACK DOOR SWITCH SIGNAL FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit and BCM.
3. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit connector M52 (A) terminal 23 and BCM connector M18 (B)
terminal 30.

Revision: May 2007 BL-202 2008 Versa


VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

23 - 30 : Continuity should exist. A

WIIA1300E

D
OK or NG
OK >> Door switch circuit is OK.
NG >> Repair or replace harness. E
Diagnosis Procedure 2 INFOID:0000000001704095

SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP CHECK F

1.SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP ACTIVE TEST


With CONSULT-III G
Check "THEFT IND” in "ACTIVE TEST" mode with CONSULT-III.

H
Without CONSULT-III
1. Disconnect BCM.
2. Check voltage between BCM harness connector M18 terminal
23 and ground. BL

Terminals Voltage (V)


Connector Condition J
(+) (-) (Approx.)

ON 0
M18 23 Ground
OFF Battery voltage
K
OK or NG
OK >> Security indicator lamp is OK. LIIA0523E
NG >> GO TO 2. L
2.SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP CHECK
Check security indicator lamp condition.
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Replace security indicator lamp.
N
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM and combination meter. O

Revision: May 2007 BL-203 2008 Versa


VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
3. Check continuity between BCM connector (A) M18 terminal 23
and combination meter connector (B) M24 terminal 18.

23 - 18 : Continuity should exist.


4. Check continuity between BCM connector (A) M18 terminal 23
and ground.

23 - Ground : Continuity should not exist.


OK or NG
OK >> Check the following: WIIA1269E

• 10A fuse [No. 13, located in fuse block (J/B)]


• Harness for open or short between combination meter and fuse
NG >> Repair or replace harness.
Diagnosis Procedure 3 INFOID:0000000001704096

1.FRONT DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY LH (KEY CYLINDER SWITCH) CHECK


Check front door lock assembly LH (key cylinder switch) with key.
Do doors lock/unlock when using the key?
YES >> Front door lock assembly LH (key cylinder switch) is OK.
NO >> Check front door lock assembly LH (key cylinder switch) circuit. Refer to BL-47, "Front Door Key
Cylinder Switch LH Check".
Diagnosis Procedure 4 INFOID:0000000001704097

VEHICLE SECURITY HORN ALARM CHECK


1.CHECK HORN OPERATION
Check if horn sounds with horn switch.
Does horn operate?
YES >> Check harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and horn relay.
NO >> Check horn circuit. Refer to WW-37.
Diagnosis Procedure 5 INFOID:0000000001704098

VEHICLE SECURITY HEADLAMP ALARM CHECK


1.CHECK VEHICLE SECURITY HEADLAMP ALARM OPERATION
Check if headlamps operate with lighting switch.
Do headlamps come on when turning switch ON?
YES >> Headlamp alarm is OK.
NO >> Check headlamp system. Refer to LT-4 or LT-25.
Diagnosis Procedure 6 INFOID:0000000001704099

DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH CHECK


1.CHECK DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
Check if power door lock operates with door lock/unlock switch.
Do doors lock/unlock when using each door lock/unlock switch?
YES >> Door lock/unlock switch is OK.
NO >> Refer to BL-42, "Door Lock and Unlock Switch Check".
Diagnosis Procedure 7 INFOID:0000000001704100

DOOR SWITCH CHECK (SEDAN)

Revision: May 2007 BL-204 2008 Versa


VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1.CHECK DOOR SWITCHES INPUT SIGNAL A
With CONSULT-III
Check door switches ("DOOR SW-DR", "DOOR SW-AS", "DOOR SW-RL", "DOOR SW-RR") in DATA MONI-
TOR mode with CONSULT–III. Refer to BL-196, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)". B
• When doors are open:

DOOR SW-DR : ON
C
DOOR SW-AS : ON
DOOR SW-RL : ON
DOOR SW-RR : ON D
• When doors are closed:

DOOR SW-DR : OFF E


DOOR SW-AS : OFF
DOOR SW-RL : OFF
F
DOOR SW-RR : OFF

Without CONSULT-III G
Check voltage between BCM connector M18 or M19 terminals 12, 13, 47, 48 and ground.

Terminals Voltage (V) H


Connector Item Condition
(+) (–) (Approx.)

Front door
47 BL
switch LH
M19
Rear door
48 Open 0
switch LH
Ground ↓ ↓ J
Front door Closed Battery voltage
12
switch RH
M18
LIIA1177E
Rear door
13
switch RH K
OK or NG
OK >> Door switch circuit is OK.
NG >> GO TO 2. L

2.CHECK DOOR SWITCH CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
2. Disconnect door switch and BCM.
3. Check continuity between door switch connector B8 (Front LH) or B108 (Front RH) terminal 2, B6 (Rear
LH) or B116 (Rear RH) terminal 1 and BCM connector M18, M19 terminals 12, 13, 47 and 48.
N
2 - 47 : Continuity should exist.
2 - 12 : Continuity should exist.
O
1 - 48 : Continuity should exist.
1 - 13 : Continuity should exist.
4. Check continuity between door switch connector B8 (Front LH) P
or B108 (Front RH) terminal 2, B6 (Rear LH) or B116 (Rear RH)
terminal 1 and ground.

2 - Ground : Continuity should not exist. LIIA1350E

1 - Ground : Continuity should not exist.


OK or NG

Revision: May 2007 BL-205 2008 Versa


VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK DOOR SWITCHES
Check continuity between door switch terminal and switch case ground.

Condition of
Component Terminals Continuity
switch

Front door switch Pushed No


2 – Case ground
LH/RH Released Yes

Rear door switch Pushed No


1 – Case ground
LH/RH Released Yes
OK or NG
OK >> Check door switch case ground condition. LIIA0550E
NG >> Replace door switch.
Diagnosis Procedure 8 INFOID:0000000001704101

TRUNK LAMP SWITCH CHECK (SEDAN)


1.CHECK TRUNK LAMP SWITCH AND TRUNK RELEASE SOLENOID INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-III
Check (“TRNK OPN MNTR”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.

Monitor item Trunk condition


OPEN : ON
TRNK OPN MNTR
CLOSED : OFF

Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between BCM harness connector M19 terminal 42 and ground.

Terminals Voltage (V)


Connector Trunk condition
(+) (-) (Approx.)

CLOSED Battery voltage


M19 42 Ground
OPEN 0
OK or NG
OK >> Trunk lamp switch and trunk release solenoid circuit is
OK.
NG >> GO TO 2. WIIA1179E

2.CHECK TRUNK LAMP SWITCH AND TRUNK RELEASE SOLENOID


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect trunk lamp switch and trunk release solenoid connector.
3. Check continuity between trunk lamp switch and trunk release solenoid terminals 1 and 3.

Revision: May 2007 BL-206 2008 Versa


VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

Terminals Trunk condition Continuity A


CLOSED No
1 3
OPEN Yes
B
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Replace trunk lamp switch and trunk release solenoid. C

WIIA1421E

3.CHECK TRUNK LAMP SWITCH AND TRUNK RELEASE SOLENOID CIRCUIT D

1. Disconnect BCM connector M19.


2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector M19 (A) ter-
E
minal 42 and trunk room lamp switch harness connector B127
(B) terminal 3.

42 – 3 : Continuity should exist. F

WIIA1422E
H

3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector M19 (A) terminal 42 and ground.

42 – Ground : Continuity should not exist. BL

OK or NG
J
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace harness between BCM and trunk room lamp switch.
4.CHECK TRUNK LAMP SWITCH AND TRUNK RELEASE SOLENOID GROUND CIRCUIT K
Check continuity between trunk room lamp switch harness connec-
tor B127 terminal 1 and ground.
L
1 – Ground : Continuity should exist.

N
WIIA1423E

OK or NG O
OK >> Check connection of harness and connector.
NG >> Repair or replace trunk lamp switch and trunk release solenoid ground circuit.
Diagnosis Procedure 9 INFOID:0000000001704102
P

TRUNK KEY CYLINDER SWITCH CHECK (SEDAN)


1.CHECK TRUNK KEY CYLINDER SWITCH
With CONSULT-III
Check trunk key cylinder switch ("TRUNK CYL SW") in DATA MONITOR mode in CONSULT–III. Refer to BL-
36, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)".
Revision: May 2007 BL-207 2008 Versa
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• When key inserted in trunk key cylinder is turned to FULL STROKE:

TRUNK CYL SW : ON
• When key is removed from the trunk key cylinder:

TRUNK CYL SW : OFF

Without CONSULT-III
Check voltage between BCM connector M19 terminal 41 and
ground.

Terminals Voltage (V)


Connector Condition
(+) (–) (Approx.)

Neutral (N) 5
M19 41 Ground
Full stroke (open) 0

WIIA1425E

OK or NG
OK >> Trunk key cylinder switch signal is OK.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK TRUNK KEY CYLINDER SWITCH GROUND HARNESS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect trunk key cylinder switch.
3. Check continuity between trunk key cylinder switch connector
B142 terminal 2 and body ground.

Connector Terminals Continuity


B142 2 – Ground Yes
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace harness.

WIIA1427E

3.CHECK TRUNK KEY CYLINDER SWITCH


Check continuity between trunk key cylinder switch terminals.

Terminals Trunk key cylinder switch position Continuity


Neutral (N) No
1–2
Full Stroke (open) Yes
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace trunk key cylinder switch.
WIIA1428E

4.CHECK TRUNK KEY CYLINDER HARNESS


1. Disconnect BCM connector M19.

Revision: May 2007 BL-208 2008 Versa


VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
2. Check continuity between BCM connector (A) M19 terminal 41
and trunk key cylinder switch connector (B) B142 terminal 1 and A
body ground.

Connector Terminal Connector Terminal Continuity B


B: B142 1 Yes
A: M19 41
Ground No
C

WIIA1429E

D
OK or NG
OK >> Trunk key cylinder switch circuit is OK.
NG >> Repair or replace harness. E

BL

Revision: May 2007 BL-209 2008 Versa


NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location INFOID:0000000001704103

LIIA2920E

1. BCM M18, M19, M20 2. Intelligent Key unit M52 3. NATS antenna amp. M21
(view with glove box removed) (if equipped) (inside steering column)
4. Combination meter M24 5. Security indicator lamp 6. ECM E16

System Description INFOID:0000000001704104

DESCRIPTION
NOTE:
If customer reports a “No start” condition, request ALL KEYS to be brought to a Nissan dealer in case
of a NATS malfunction.
NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System) has the following functions:
• NATS shows a higher anti-theft performance at preventing engine to be started by an unregistered key. (reg-
istered key: mechanical key and Intelligent Key).
• Only a key with key ID registered in BCM and ECM can start engine, it has a higher protection against auto
theft that duplicates keys.
• If a malfunction has been detected, security indicator will illuminate when ignition switch is in ON position.
• If the owner requires, mechanical key can be registered for up to 5 keys.
• During trouble diagnosis or when the following parts have been replaced, and if mechanical key is added,
registration* is required.
*: All mechanical keys of the vehicle should be registered.
- ECM
Revision: May 2007 BL-210 2008 Versa
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
- BCM
- Mechanical key A
• NATS trouble diagnoses, system initialization and additional registration of other NATS mechanical key IDs
must be carried out using CONSULT-III hardware and CONSULT-III NATS software. When NATS initializa-
tion has been completed, the ID of the inserted mechanical key can be displayed.
B
Regarding the procedures of NATS initialization and mechanical key ID registration, refer to CONSULT-III
operation manual NATS.
SECURITY INDICATOR C
• Forewarns that the vehicle is equipped with NATS.
• Security indicator will not blink while the ignition knob is in ON or START state.
NOTE:
Because security indicator is highly efficient, the battery is barely affected. D

Condition of Security Indicator


• When operating the ignition switch with Intelligent Key, security indicator lamp will turn off at once if ignition
switch is pressed and blinks when ignition switch is released. E
• When operating the ignition switch with mechanical key security indicator will turn off at once if mechanical
key is inserted into key cylinder and blinks when mechanical key is removed.
(Once the mechanical key is inserted into key cylinder, BCM will only perform the key ID verification with F
mechanical key)
System Composition INFOID:0000000001704105

G
The function of the NATS consists of the following:
• Mechanical key
• NATS antenna amp. located in the ignition key cylinder H
• BCM
• ECM (Engine control module)
• Security indicator
• Intelligent Key unit (if equipped) BL
NOTE:
The communication between ECM, BCM and/or Intelligent Key unit uses the CAN communication sys-
tem. J

O
LIIA2637E

ECM Re-communicating Function INFOID:0000000001704106

P
Performing the following procedure can automatically perform re-communication of ECM and BCM or Intelli-
gent Key unit, but only when the ECM has been replaced with a new one which has never been energized on-
board.
(In this step, initialization procedure by CONSULT-III is not necessary)
NOTE:
• When registering new Key IDs or replacing the ECM other than brand new, refer to CONSULT-III
Operation Manual NATS.

Revision: May 2007 BL-211 2008 Versa


NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• If multiple keys are attached to the key holder, separate them before work.
• Distinguish keys with unregistered key ID from those with registered ID.
1. Install ECM.
2. Use a registered key (*), turn ignition switch to “ON”.
*: To perform this step, use the key that has been used before to perform ECM replacement.
3. Maintain ignition switch in “ON” position for at least 5 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch to “OFF”.
5. Start engine.
If engine can be started, procedure is completed.
If engine cannot be started, refer to CONSULT-III Operation Manual NATS and initialize control unit.

Revision: May 2007 BL-212 2008 Versa


NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - NATS - INFOID:0000000001704107

BL

WIWA2284E
P

Terminal and Reference Value for BCM INFOID:0000000001704108

Refer to BCS-11, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM" .


CONSULT-III Function INFOID:0000000001704109

CONSULT-III INSPECTION PROCEDURE


Revision: May 2007 BL-213 2008 Versa
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Insert NATS program card into CONSULT-III.

Program card : NATS (AEN06B) or later


3. Connect CONSULT-III to data link connector.

LIIA2663E

4. Turn ignition switch ON.


5. Touch “START”.
6. Touch “OTHER”.
7. Select “NATS V.5.0”.
If “NATS V5.0” is not indicated, go to GI-36, "CONSULT-III Data Link Connector (DLC) Circuit" .
8. Perform each diagnostic test mode according to each service procedure.
For further information, see the CONSULT-III Operation Manual NATS.
CONSULT-III DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE FUNCTION

CONSULT-III DIAGNOSTIC TEST


Description
MODE
When replacing any of the following components, C/U initialization and re-registration of all
C/U INITIALIZATION NATS mechanical keys are necessary.
[NATS mechanical key/ BCM/ ECM*]
Detected items (screen terms) are as shown in the chart.
SELF-DIAG RESULTS
Refer to "NATS SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS ITEM CHART" .
*: When replace ECM, refer to BL-211, "ECM Re-communicating Function" .
NOTE:
• When any initialization is performed, all ID previously registered will be erased and all NATS mechanical
keys must be registered again.
• The engine cannot be started with an unregistered key. In this case, the system will show “DIFFERENCE OF
KEY” or “LOCK MODE” as a self-diagnostic result on the CONSULT-III screen.
• In rare case, “CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU” might be stored as a self-diagnostic result during key registration pro-
cedure, even if the system is not malfunctioning.
NATS SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS ITEM CHART

P No. Code
Detected items (Self-diagnostic Reference
Malfunction is detected when.....
[NATS program card screen terms] result of “EN- page
GINE”)
Communication impossible between ECM and BCM
NATS MAL-
CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU In rare case, “CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU” might be stored
FUNCTION BL-218
[P1612] during key registration procedure, even if the system is not
P1612
malfunctioning.
NATS MAL-
CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY
FUNCTION BCM cannot receive the key ID signal. BL-220
[P1614]
P1614
NATS MAL-
ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM The result of ID verification between BCM and ECM is NG.
FUNCTION BL-221
[P1611] System initialization is required.
P1611

Revision: May 2007 BL-214 2008 Versa


NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
P No. Code
Detected items (Self-diagnostic Reference A
Malfunction is detected when.....
[NATS program card screen terms] result of “EN- page
GINE”)
When the starting operation is carried out five or more B
times consecutively under the following conditions, NATS
NATS MAL-
LOCK MODE will shift the mode to one which prevents the engine from
FUNCTION BL-223
[P1610] being started.
P1610
• Unregistered mechanical key is used. C
• BCM or ECM’s malfunctioning.
DON'T ERASE BEFORE CHECK- All engine trouble codes except NATS trouble code has
— BL-215
ING ENG DIAG been detected in ECM. D
Trouble Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001704110

E
PRELIMINARY CHECK
1.GET SYMPTOMS
Listen to customer complaints request. (Get symptoms) F
NOTE:
If customer reports a “No start” condition, request all Intelligent Keys to be brought to the dealer in case of
Intelligent Key system malfunction. G

Intelligent Key or mechanical key service request>> For further information, refer to CONSULT-III operation
manual. H
Malfunctions>>GO TO 2.
2.START ENGINE WITH INTELLIGENT KEY (IF EQUIPPED)
Check if the engine could be started by all registered Intelligent Keys. BL

The engine cannot be started by some Intelligent Keys>>Intelligent Key is low battery or malfunction. Refer
J
to BL-142, "Intelligent Key Battery Replacement" .
The engine cannot be started by all Intelligent Keys>>GO TO 3.
The engine can be started by all Intelligent Keys>>GO TO 4.
3.CHECK “KEY” WARNING LAMP ILLUMINATION K

When pushing the ignition switch, check if “KEY” warning lamp in combination meter illuminates.
L
KEY warning lamp illuminates green>>GO TO BL-103, "Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart" .
KEY warning lamp illuminates red>>GO TO BL-103, "Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart" .
Does not illuminate>>GO TO BL-103, "Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart" . M
4.START ENGINE WITH MECHANICAL KEY
Check if the engine could be started by all registered mechanical keys.
N
The engine can not be started by some mechanical keys>>Register mechanical key. Refer to CONSULT-III
operation manual.
The engine cannot be started by all mechanical keys>> "WORK FLOW" . O
The engine can be started by all mechanical keys>>GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
P
1. Turn ignition switch to ON by carrying the Intelligent Key.
2. Perform self-diagnosis of Intelligent Key system with CONSULT-III.

Malfunction is detected>>GO TO BL-101, "CONSULT-III Application Item" .


No malfunction is detected>>GO TO BL-99, "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure" .
WORK FLOW

Revision: May 2007 BL-215 2008 Versa


NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
1.STARTING ENGINE
Check if the engine could be started by inserting the mechanical key into the ignition key cylinder and operate
ignition switch.

OK >> System is normal.


NG >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF DIAGNOSIS
Perform SELF-DIAGNOSIS “NATS V5.0” using CONSULT-III.
NOTE:
NATS program card is necessary to display the “SELF-DIAGNOSIS”.

No malfunction is detected>>Recheck the starting engine section GO TO 1.


Malfunction related to NATS is detected>>GO TO 3.
Malfunctions related to “DON’T ERASE BEFORE CHECKING ENG DIAG” and NATS are detected>>GO
TO 7.
3.IDENTIFYING NATS MALFUNCTION
Self-diagnosis results referring to NATS, but no information about engine self-diagnosis result is displayed on
CONSULT-III. Refer to BL-217, "Trouble Diagnosis" .

>> GO TO 4.
4.NATS TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Repair NATS (if necessary, perform “C/U INITIALIZATION” with CONSULT-III.)

>> GO TO 5.
5.ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Erase the record of “SELF-DIAGNOSIS” by using CONSULT-III.

>> GO TO 6.
6.STARTING ENGINE
Check if the engine could be started by inserting the mechanical key into the ignition key cylinder and operate
ignition switch.

NG >> GO TO 2.
OK >> End of inspection.
7.IDENTIFYING NATS AND ENGINE CONTROL MALFUNCTION
NATS malfunction and “DON’T ERASE BEFORE CHECKING ENG DIAG” are displayed on the CONSULT-III
screen.
NOTE:
This indication means that malfunction have been detected in NATS and engine control system.

>> GO TO 8.
8.NATS TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Repair NATS according to self-diagnosis results refer to NATS (if necessary, perform “C/U INITIALZATIN” with
CONSULT-III.)
NOTE:
Do not erase “SELF-DIAGNOSIS” by using CONSULT-III.

>> GO TO 9.

Revision: May 2007 BL-216 2008 Versa


NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
9.IDENTIFYING ENGINE CONTROL MALFUNCTION A
Check engine “SELF-DIAGNOSIS” records with a generalized program card instead of the NATS program
card.
B
>> GO TO 10.
10.ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
C
Repair engine control system if engine related malfunction is detected.
With engine diagnostic codes present, refer to EC-9 .
Without engine diagnostic codes present, refer to EC-81 .
D
NOTE:
If only “NATS MALFUNCTION” is displayed, erase the self-diagnosis results.
E
>> GO TO 11.
11.STARTING ENGINE
F
Check if the engine could be started by inserting the mechanical key into the ignition key cylinder and operate
ignition switch.

G
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 2.
12.ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSIS H
Erase both NATS and ENGINE "SELF-DIAGNOSIS" records by using CONSULT-III NATS program card and
generalized program card.
BL
>> GO TO 13
13.COMFIRMATION J
Perform running test with CONSULT-III in engine “SELF-DIAGNOSIS” mode.

“NO DTC” is displayed>> End of inspection. K


Malfunction information is displayed>>GO TO 2.
Trouble Diagnosis INFOID:0000000001704111
L
SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART 1
M

Revision: May 2007 BL-217 2008 Versa


NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Self-diagnosis related item
Displayed “SELF-DIAG DIAGNOSTIC PROCE-
SYSTEM
SYMPTOM RESULTS” on CON- DURE
(Malfunctioning part or mode)
SULT-III screen. (Reference page)
In rare case, “CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU” might be stored
during key registration procedure, even if the system is
not malfunctioning.
Open circuit in battery voltage line of BCM circuit
Open circuit in ignition line of BCM circuit
CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU PROCEDURE 1
[P1612] (BL-218 ) Open circuit in ground line of BCM circuit
Open or short circuit between BCM and ECM commu-
nication line
ECM
BCM
Malfunction of key ID chip
• Security indicator Communication line between ANT/ AMP and BCM:
lighting up* Open circuit or short circuit of battery voltage line or
• Engine cannot be ground line
started CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY PROCEDURE 2
[P1614] (BL-220 ) Open circuit in power source line of ANT/ AMP circuit
Open circuit in ground line of ANT/ AMP circuit
NATS antenna amp.
BCM
ID DISCORD, IMM- System initialization has not yet been completed.
PROCEDURE 3
ECM
(BL-221 ) ECM
[P1611]
When the starting operation is carried out five or more
times consecutively under the following conditions,
LOCK MODE PROCEDURE 5 NATS will shift the mode to one which prevents the en-
[P1610] (BL-223 ) gine from being started.
• Unregistered ignition key is used.
• BCM or ECM’s malfunctioning.
DON'T ERASE BE-
Security indicator WORK FLOW Engine trouble data and NATS trouble data have been
FORE CHECKING
lighting up* (BL-215 ) detected in ECM
ENG DIAG
• *: When NATS detects trouble, the security indicator lights up while ignition key is in the “ON” position.

SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART 2


Non self-diagnosis related item
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE SYSTEM
SYMPTOM
(Reference page) (Malfunctioning part or mode)
Security indictor.
PROCEDURE 4
Security indicator does not light up*. Open circuit between Fuse and BCM
(BL-222 )
BCM
*: CONSULT-III self-diagnostic results display screen “no malfunction is detected”.

Diagnosis Procedure 1 INFOID:0000000001704112

Self-diagnostic results:
“CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU” displayed on CONSULT-III screen
First perform the “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” in “BCM” with CONSULT-III, then perform the trouble diag-
nosis of malfunction system indicated “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” of “BCM”. Refer to BCS-17, "CAN Com-
munication Inspection Using CONSULT-III (Self-Diagnosis)" .
1.CONFIRM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS “CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU” displayed on CONSULT-III screen.
NOTE:
Revision: May 2007 BL-218 2008 Versa
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
In rare case, “CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU” might be stored during key registration procedure, even if the system is
not malfunctioning. A
Is “CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU” displayed?
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO BL-217, "Trouble Diagnosis" . B
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR BCM
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
C
2. Check voltage between BCM and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.

Terminals Voltage [V]


BCM connector D
(+) (–) (Approx.)

57
M20 Ground Battery voltage
70 E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Check the following. F
• 40A fusible link (letter g , located in the fuse and fus- PIIB6582E
ible link box).
• 10A fuse [No.8, located in the fuse block (J/B)]. G
• Harness for open or short between fusible link and BCM.
• Harness for open or short between fuse and BCM.
3.CHECK IGNITION SWITCH ON SIGNAL H
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between BCM connector and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
BL
Terminal Voltage [V]
BCM connector
(+) (–) (Approx.)
J
M18 38 Ground Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. K
NG >> Check the following.
• 10A fuse [No. 6, located in the fuse block (J/B)].
• Harness for open or short between fuse and BCM. L
PIIB6587E

4.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT FOR BCM


1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
2. Disconnect BCM connector.
3. Check continuity between BCM connector and ground.
N
Terminal
BCM connector Continuity
(+) (–)
M20 67 Ground Yes O
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace harness. P

PIIB6588E

5.REPLACE BCM
1. Replace BCM
2. Perform initialization with CONSULT-III.

Revision: May 2007 BL-219 2008 Versa


NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-III Operation Manual NATS”.
Does the engine start?
Yes >> BCM is malfunctioning.
• Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM" .
• Perform initialization with CONSULT-III
• For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-III Operation Manual NATS”
No >> ECM is malfunctioning.
• Replace ECM.
• Perform initialization or re-communicating function
• For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-III Operation Manual NATS”
• For re-communicating function, refer to BL-211, "ECM Re-communicating Function"
Diagnosis Procedure 2 INFOID:0000000001704113

Self-diagnostic results:
“CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY” displayed on CONSULT-III screen
1.CONFIRM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS “CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY” displayed on CONSULT-III screen.
Is “CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY” displayed?
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO BL-217, "Trouble Diagnosis" .
2.CHECK NATS ANTENNA AMP. INSTALLATION
Check NATS antenna amp. installation. Refer to BL-224, "How to Replace NATS Antenna Amp" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Reinstall NATS antenna amp. correctly.
3.CHECK NATS IGNITION KEY ID CHIP
Start engine with another registered NATS ignition key.
Does the engine start?
Yes >> Ignition key ID chip is malfunctioning.
• Replace the ignition key
• Perform initialization with CONSULT-III
For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-III Operation Manual NATS”
No >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR NATS ANTENNA AMP.
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check voltage between NATS antenna amp. connector and ground.

NATS antenna amp. Terminal Voltage [V]


connector (+) (–) (Approx.)

M21 1 Ground Battery voltage


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Check the following.
• 20A fuse [No. 53, located in IPDM E/R]
• Harness for open or short between fuse and NATS
antenna amp. PIIB6589E

5.CHECK NATS ANTENNA AMP. SIGNAL LINE- 1


Check voltage between NATS antenna amp. connector and ground with analog tester.

Revision: May 2007 BL-220 2008 Versa


NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

NATS anten- Terminal A


Status of
na amp. Conditions
(+) (–) Voltage and tester
connector
Before tuning igni- B
Approx. 0 [V]
tion switch to ON
M21 2 Ground Right after tuning
Pointer of tester
ignition switch to
should move C
ON
OK or NG
PIIB6590E
OK >> GO TO 6. D
NG >> • Check harness for open or short between NATS antenna amp. and BCM.
NOTE:
If harness is OK, replace BCM, perform initialization with CONSULT-III. For initialization, refer to
“CONSULT-III Operation Manual NATS”. E

6.CHECK NATS ANTENNA AMP. SIGNAL LINE- 2


Check voltage between NATS antenna amp. connector and ground with analog tester. F

NATS anten- Terminal


Status of
na amp. Conditions G
(+) (–) Voltage and tester
connector
Before tuning igni-
Approx. 0 [V]
tion switch to ON
H
M21 4 Ground Right after tuning
Pointer of tester
ignition switch to
should move
ON
BL
OK or NG
PIIB6591E
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> • Check harness for open or short between NATS antenna amp. and BCM.
J
NOTE:
If harness is OK, replace BCM, perform initialization with CONSULT-III. For initialization, refer to
“CONSULT-III Operation Manual NATS”.
7.CHECK NATS ANTENNA AMP. GROUND LINE CIRCUIT K

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.


2. Disconnect NATS antenna amp. connector. L
3. Check continuity between NATS antenna amp. connector and ground.

NATS antenna amp. Terminal


Continuity M
connector (+) (–)
M21 3 Ground Yes
OK or NG N
OK >> NATS antenna amp. is malfunctioning, reinstall antenna
or replace it.
NG >> Repair or replace NATS antenna amp. ground circuit. O

PIIB6592E

Diagnosis Procedure 3 INFOID:0000000001704114 P

Self-diagnostic results:
“ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM” displayed on CONSULT-III screen
1.CONFIRM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS “ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM” displayed on CONSULT-III screen.
NOTE:

Revision: May 2007 BL-221 2008 Versa


NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
“ID DISCORD IMM-ECM”:
Registered ID of BCM is in discord with that of ECM.
Is “ID DISCORD IMM-ECM” displayed?
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO BL-217, "Trouble Diagnosis" .
2.PERFORM INITIALIZATION WITH CONSULT-III
Perform initialization with CONSULT-III. Re-register all NATS ignition key IDs.
For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-III Operation Manual NATS”.
NOTE:
If the initialization is not completed or malfunctions, CONSULT-III shows message on the screen.
Can the system be initialized?
Yes >> • Start engine. (END)
• (System initialization had not been completed.)
No >> ECM is malfunctioning.
• Replace ECM.
• Perform initialization with CONSULT-III
For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-III Operation Manual NATS”
Diagnosis Procedure 4 INFOID:0000000001704115

“COMBINATION METER (SECURITY) DOES NOT LIGHT UP”


1.CHECK FUSE
Check 10A fuse [No.13, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Replace fuse.
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER (SECURITY)
1. Install 10A fuse.
2. Start engine and turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Check if the combination meter (security) lights up.

Combination meter (security) should light up.


OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END.
NG >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER (SECURITY) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect combination meter (security) connector.
2. Check voltage between combination meter (security) connector and ground.

Combination meter Terminal


Voltage [V]
(security) connec-
(+) (-) (Approx.)
tor
M24 27 Ground Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Check harness for open or short between fuse and com-
bination meter (security).
PIIB6593E

4.CHECK BCM FUNCTION


1. Connect combination meter (security) connector.
2. Disconnect BCM connector.
3. Check voltage between BCM connector and ground.

Revision: May 2007 BL-222 2008 Versa


NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

Terminal Voltage [V]


A
BCM connector
(+) (-) (Approx.)

M18 23 Ground Battery voltage


B
OK or NG
OK >> BCM is malfunctioning.
• Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Instal- C
lation of BCM" .
• Perform initialization with CONSULT-III
• For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-III Operation PIIB6594E

Manual NATS” D
NG >> Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between combination meter (security) and BCM
• Indicator lamp condition E
Diagnosis Procedure 5 INFOID:0000000001704116

Self-diagnostic results: F
“LOCK MODE” displayed on CONSULT-III screen
1.CONFIRM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
G
Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS “LOCK MODE” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen.
Is “LOCK MODE” displayed?
Yes >> GO TO 2. H
No >> GO TO BL-217, "Trouble Diagnosis" .
2.ESCAPE FROM LOCK MODE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. BL
2. Turn ignition switch ON with registered key. (Do not start engine.) Wait 5 seconds.
3. Return the key to OFF position. Wait 5 seconds.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 twice (total of three cycles). J
5. Start the engine.
Does engine start?
Yes >> System is OK (Now system is escaped from “LOCK MODE”). K
No >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM INITIALIZATION WITH CONSULT-III
Perform initialization with CONSULT-III. L
For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-III Operation Manual NATS”.
NOTE:
If the initialization is not completed or malfunctions, CONSULT-III shows the message on the screen. M
Can the system be initialized?
Yes >> System is OK.
No >> GO TO 4. N
4.PERFORM INITIALIZATION WITH CONSULT-III AGAIN
1. Replace BCM.
2. Perform initialization with CONSULT-III. O
For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-III Operation Manual NATS”.
NOTE:
If the initialization is not completed or malfunctions, CONSULT-III shows the message on the screen. P
Can the system be initialized?
Yes >> System is OK. (BCM is malfunctioning.)
No >> ECM is malfunctioning.
• Replace ECM.
• Perform initialization with CONSULT-III
• For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-III Operation Manual NATS”

Revision: May 2007 BL-223 2008 Versa


NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
How to Replace NATS Antenna Amp INFOID:0000000001704117

NOTE:
• If NATS antenna amp. is not installed correctly, NATS system
will not operate properly and SELF-DIAG RESULTS on CON-
SULT-III screen will show “LOCK MODE” or “CHAIN OF IMMU-
KEY”.
• Initialization is not necessary only when NATS antenna amp.
is replaced with a new one.

SIIA1683E

Revision: May 2007 BL-224 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BODY REPAIR
A
Body Exterior Paint Color INFOID:0000000001704118

Hatchback B

LIIA2599E

G
Component Color code A20 B14 B23 K23 K32 K36 KH3 QM1
Description Red Alert Sapphire Blue Onyx Brilliant Sil- Sandstone Magnetic Super Black Fresh
Blue ver Grey Powder
H
Paint type 2S 2M 2M 2M 2M 2M 2S S
Hard clear –- –- –-
–- –- –- –- –-
coat BL
Outside A20 B14 B23 K23 K32 K36 KH3 QM1
1 Body color
mirror
Radia- Chromium- J
Cr2P + Cr2P + Cr2P + Cr2P + Cr2P + Cr2P + Cr2P + Cr2P +
2 tor grille plate +
G02-1 G02-1 G02-1 G02-1 G02-1 G02-1 G02-1 G02-1
Black
Bumper A20 B14 B23 K23 K32 K36 KH3 QM1
3 Body color K
fascia
4 Center Body color/
QM1/
mud- Black A20/G01-1 B14/G01-1 B23/G01-1 K23/G01-1 K32/G01-1 K36/G01-1 KH3/G01-1
G01-1 L
guard
Outside A20 B14 B23 K23 K32 K36 KH3 QM1
5 Body color
handle
Rear pil- Black G01-1 G01-1 G01-1 G01-1 G01-1 G01-1 G01-1 G01-1 M
6
lar trim
Door X X X
7 Black tape X X X X X
sash N
M: Metallic; 2S: 2-Coat Solid, 2P: 2-Coat Pearl; 3P: 3-Coat Pearl; G01-1: Material color; G02-1: Material color

Revision: May 2007 BL-225 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Sedan

LIIA2883E

Component Color code A15 B23 K23 K32 K36 KH3 QM1
Description Sonoma Blue Onyx Brilliant Sandstone Magnetic Super Fresh
Sunset Silver Grey Black Powder
Paint type Mt 2M 2M 2M 2M 2S S
Hard clear –- –- –-
–- –- –- –-
coat
Outside A15 B23 K23 K32 K36 KH3 QM1
1 Body color
mirror
Radiator Chromium- Cr2P + Cr2P + Cr2P + Cr2P + Cr2P + G02- Cr2P + Cr2P +
2
grille plate + Black G02-1 G02-1 G02-1 G02-1 1 G02-1 G02-1
Bumper A15 B23 K23 K32 K36 KH3 QM1
3 Body color
fascia
4 Center Body color/ A20/G01-1 K23/G01- K32/G01-1 K36/G01-1 KH3/G01-1 QM1/
B23/G01-1
mudguard Black 1 G01-1
Outside A15 B23 K23 K32 K36 KH3 QM1
5 Body color
handle
Rear pillar Black G01-1 G01-1 G01-1 G01-1 G01-1 G01-1 G01-1
6
trim
7 Door sash Black tape X X X X X X X
M: Metallic; 2S: 2-Coat Solid, 2P: 2-Coat Pearl; 3P: 3-Coat Pearl; PM: Pearl Metallic; G01-1: Material color; G02-1: Material color, t -
cross link clear coat

Revision: May 2007 BL-226 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Body Component Parts INFOID:0000000001704119

A
UNDERBODY COMPONENT PARTS

BL

P
LIIA2558E

1. Upper dash assembly


2. Lower dash assembly
3. Lower dash crossmember

Revision: May 2007 BL-227 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
4. Front pillar inner reinforcement (RH&LH)
5. Lower dash reinforcement
6. 4th crossmember (RH&LH)
7. Front side member rear extension (RH&LH)
8. 3rd crossmember (RH&LH)
9. Front seat outer rear bracket (RH&LH)
10. Front seat inner rear bracket (RH&LH)
11. 2nd crossmember (RH&LH)
12. Front seat outer front bracket (RH&LH)
13. Front seat inner front bracket (RH&LH)
14. Fender bracket (RH&LH)
15. Strut housing assembly RH
16. Cowl top side upper (RH&LH)
17. Front strut housing (RH&LH)
18. Upper torque rod reinforcement
19. Closing plate assembly RH
20. Engine mount reinforcement
21. Strut tower front reinforcement RH
22. Front hoodledge lower RH
23. Frame bracket outer (RH&LH)
24. Front bumper support bracket (RH&LH)
25. Closing plate (RH&LH)
26. Front suspension rear bracket (RH&LH)
27. Front side member outrigger (RH&LH)
28. Front side member assembly (RH&LH)
29. Front side member (RH&LH)
30. Frame bracket (RH&LH)
31. Closing plate assembly LH
32. Hoodledge connector (RH&LH)
33. Radiator core side support (RH&LH)
34. Radiator core support upper (RH&LH)
35. Hoodledge upper (RH&LH)
36. Hoodledge reinforcement assembly (RH&LH)
37. Dash side (RH&LH)
38. Dash side assembly (RH& LH)
39. Front floor reinforcement (RH&LH)
40. Front floor front (RH&LH)
41. Front floor center
42. Rear seat crossmember
43. Rear center crossmember
44. Rear seat upper crossmember
45. Rear side member (RH&LH)
46. Sill inner extension (RH&LH)
47. Rear side member extension (RH&LH)
48. Rear side member assembly (RH & LH)
49. Rear floor front
50. Rear floor front assembly
51. Rear floor side (RH&LH)
52. Rear floor rear
Revision: May 2007 BL-228 2008 Versa
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
BODY COMPONENT PARTS
A
Hatchback

BL

WIIA1399E P

1. Roof panel assembly


2. Rear roof rail assembly
3. 4th roof rail assembly
4. 3rd roof rail assembly
5. 2nd roof rail assembly
Revision: May 2007 BL-229 2008 Versa
BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
6. 1st roof rail assembly
7. Front roof rail assembly
8. Sun roof assembly
9. Front roof rail assembly (if equipped with sunroof)
10. Roof side rail reinforcement (RH & LH)
11. Inner center pillar (RH & LH)
12. Hood assembly
13. Center pillar reinforcement (RH & LH)
14. Front pillar inner (RH & LH)
15. Front pillar upper reinforcement (RH & LH)
16. Front pillar lower reinforcement (RH & LH)
17. Fender (RH & LH)
18. Side body (RH & LH)
19. Side body assembly (RH & LH)
20. Outer sill (RH & LH)
21. Outer sill reinforcement (RH & LH)
22. Front door assembly (RH & LH)
23. Outer front door panel (RH & LH)
24. Outer rear door panel (RH & LH)
25. Rear door assembly (RH & LH)
26. Rear fender (RH & LH)
27. Rear fender assembly (RH & LH)
28. Rear fender corner (RH & LH)
29. Rear fender extension (RH & LH)
30. Rear combination lamp base (RH & LH)
31. Rear pillar inner reinforcement (RH & LH)
32. Rear wheel housing outer (RH & LH)
33. Rear wheel housing inner (RH & LH)
34. Rear spring base assembly (RH & LH)
35. Rear seatback hinge bracket (RH & LH)
36. Rear seatback catch bracket (RH & LH)
37. Rear pillar inner (RH & LH)
38. Rear roof rail reinforcement (RH & LH)
39. Rear roof rail brace (RH & LH)
40. Rear panel
41. Rear bumper fascia lower bracket
42. Rear bumper fascia upper bracket
43. Rear bumper fascia center bracket
44. Rear panel assembly
45. Back door assembly

Revision: May 2007 BL-230 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Sedan
A

BL

LIIA2884E

P
1. Roof panel assembly
2. Rear roof rail assembly
3. 4th roof rail assembly
4. 3rd roof rail assembly
5. 2nd roof rail assembly
6. 1st roof rail assembly

Revision: May 2007 BL-231 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
7. Front roof rail assembly
8. Sun roof assembly
9. Front roof rail assembly (if equipped with sunroof)
10. Roof side rail reinforcement (RH & LH)
11. Inner center pillar (RH & LH)
12. Hood assembly
13. Center pillar reinforcement (RH & LH)
14. Front pillar inner (RH & LH)
15. Front pillar upper reinforcement (RH & LH)
16. Front pillar lower reinforcement (RH & LH)
17. Fender (RH & LH)
18. Side body (RH & LH)
19. Side body assembly (RH & LH)
20. Outer sill (RH & LH)
21. Outer sill reinforcement (RH & LH)
22. Front door assembly (RH & LH)
23. Outer front door panel (RH & LH)
24. Outer rear door panel (RH & LH)
25. Rear door assembly (RH & LH)
26. Rear fender (RH & LH)
27. Rear fender corner (RH & LH)
28. Rear combination lamp base (RH & LH)
29. Rear wheel housing front extension (RH & LH)
30. Rear wheel housing outer (RH & LH)
31. Rear pillar inner reinforcement (RH & LH)
32. Rear body side inner (RH & LH)
33. Rear wheel housing inner (RH & LH)
34. Rear panel assembly
35. Rear bumper fascia upper bracket
36. Rear bumper fascia center bracket
37. Trunk lid assembly
38. Parcel shelf side (RH & LH)
39. Parcel shelf assembly
40. Rear waist panel
41. Rear bumper fascia lower bracket
Corrosion Protection INFOID:0000000001704120

DESCRIPTION
To provide improved corrosion prevention, the following anti-corrosive measures have been implemented in
NISSAN production plants. When repairing or replacing body panels, it is necessary to use the same anti-cor-
rosive measures.
ANTI-CORROSIVE PRECOATED STEEL (GALVANNEALED STEEL)

Revision: May 2007 BL-232 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
To improve repairability and corrosion resistance, a new type of anti-
corrosive precoated steel sheet has been adopted replacing conven- A
tional zinc-coated steel sheet.
Galvannealed steel is electroplated and heated to form Zinc-iron
alloy, which provides excellent and long term corrosion resistance
B
with cationic electrodeposition primer.

PIIA0093E

D
Nissan Genuine Service Parts are fabricated from galvannealed steel. Therefore, it is recommended that
GENUINE NISSAN PARTS or equivalent be used for panel replacement to maintain the anti-corrosive perfor-
mance built into the vehicle at the factory. E
PHOSPHATE COATING TREATMENT AND CATIONIC ELECTRODEPOSITION PRIMER
A phosphate coating treatment and a cationic electrode position primer, which provide excellent corrosion pro-
tection, are employed on all body components. F
CAUTION:
Confine paint removal during welding operations to an absolute
minimum.
G

BL

PIIA0095E

J
Nissan Genuine Service Parts are also treated in the same manner. Therefore, it is recommended that GENU-
INE NISSAN PARTS or equivalent be used for panel replacement to maintain anti-corrosive performance built
into the vehicle at the factory. K
ANTI-CORROSIVE WAX
To improve corrosion resistance, anti-corrosive wax is applied inside the body sill and inside other closed sec-
tions. Accordingly, when replacing these parts, be sure to apply anti-corrosive wax to the appropriate areas of L
the new parts. Select an excellent anti-corrosive wax which will penetrate after application and has a long shelf
life.
M

Revision: May 2007 BL-233 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Hatchback

LIIA2600E

Revision: May 2007 BL-234 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Sedan
A

BL

N
LIIA2875E

UNDERCOATING
O
The underside of the floor and wheelhouse are undercoated to prevent rust, vibration, noise and stone chip-
ping. Therefore, when such a panel is replaced or repaired, apply undercoating to that part. Use an undercoat-
ing which is rust preventive, soundproof, vibration-proof, shock-resistant, adhesive, and durable.
P
Precautions in undercoating
1. Do not apply undercoating to any place unless specified (such as the areas above the muffler and three
way catalyst which are subjected to heat).
2. Do not undercoat the exhaust pipe or other parts which become hot.
3. Do not undercoat rotating parts.

Revision: May 2007 BL-235 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Hatchback

LIIA2654E

Sedan

LIIA2930E

Body Sealing INFOID:0000000001704121

DESCRIPTION
The following figure shows the areas which are sealed at the factory. Sealant which has been applied to these
areas should be smooth and free from cuts or gaps. Care should be taken not to apply an excess amount of
sealant and not to allow other unaffected parts to come into contact with the sealant.

Revision: May 2007 BL-236 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Hatchback
A

BL

N
LIIA2545E

Revision: May 2007 BL-237 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

LIIA2546E

Revision: May 2007 BL-238 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

BL

LIIA2547E

Revision: May 2007 BL-239 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Sedan

LIIA2876E

Revision: May 2007 BL-240 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

BL

LIIA2877E

Revision: May 2007 BL-241 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

LIIA2878E

Body Construction INFOID:0000000001704122

BODY CONSTRUCTION

Revision: May 2007 BL-242 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Hatchback
A

BL

LIIA2548E

Revision: May 2007 BL-243 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Sedan

LIIA2881E

Body Alignment INFOID:0000000001704123

BODY CENTER MARKS


A mark has been placed on each part of the body to indicate the vehicle center. When repairing parts dam-
aged by an accident which might affect the vehicle frame (members, pillars, etc.), more accurate and effective
repair will be possible by using these marks together with body alignment specifications.

Revision: May 2007 BL-244 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Hatchback
A

BL

L
LIIA2627E

Revision: May 2007 BL-245 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Sedan

LIIA2879E

PANEL PARTS MATCHING MARKS


A mark has been placed on each body panel to indicate the parts matching positions. When repairing parts
damaged by an accident which might affect the vehicle structure (members, pillars, etc.), more accurate and
effective repair will be possible by using these marks together with body alignment specifications.

Revision: May 2007 BL-246 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Hatchback
A

BL

N
LIIA2628E

Revision: May 2007 BL-247 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Sedan

LIIA2882E

DESCRIPTION
• All dimensions indicated in the figures are actual.
• When using a tracking gauge, adjust both pointers to equal length. Then check the pointers and gauge itself
to make sure there is no free play.
• When a measuring tape is used, check to be sure there is no elongation, twisting or bending.
• Measurements should be taken at the center of the mounting holes.
• An asterisk (*) following the value at the measuring point indicates that the measuring point on the other side
is symmetrically the same value.
• The coordinates of the measurement points are the distances measured from the standard line of ″X″, ″Y″
and ″Z″.

Revision: May 2007 BL-248 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

PIIA0104E
E

ENGINE COMPARTMENT
F

BL

Revision: May 2007 BL-249 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Measurement

LIIA2885E

Revision: May 2007 BL-250 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Measurement Points
A

BL

LIIA2611E

UNDERBODY P

Revision: May 2007 BL-251 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Measurement

LIIA2601E

Revision: May 2007 BL-252 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Measurement Points
A

BL

LIIA2602E

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT HATCHBACK P

Revision: May 2007 BL-253 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Measurement

LIIA2603E

Revision: May 2007 BL-254 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Measurement Points
A

BL

LIIA2604E

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT SEDAN P

Revision: May 2007 BL-255 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Measurement

LIIA2886E

Revision: May 2007 BL-256 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Measurement Points
A

BL

LIIA2887E

REAR BODY HATCHBACK P

Revision: May 2007 BL-257 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Measurement

LIIA2605E

Revision: May 2007 BL-258 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Measurement Points
A

BL

LIIA2606E

REAR BODY SEDAN P

Revision: May 2007 BL-259 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Measurement

LIIA2880E

Revision: May 2007 BL-260 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Measurement Points
A

BL

LIIA2888E

Handling Precaution for Plastics INFOID:0000000001704124


P

HANDLING PRECAUTIONS FOR PLASTICS

Revision: May 2007 BL-261 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

Heat resisting
Abbre- Resistance to gasoline and
Material name temperature Other cautions
viation solvents
°C (°F)
Gasoline and most solvents are
PE Polyethylene 60 (140) harmless if applied for a very Flammable
short time (wipe up quickly).
Poison gas is emitted
PVC Polyvinyl Chloride 80 (176) Same as above.
when burned.
EPM/ Ethylene Propylene (Diene) rub-
80 (176) Same as above. Flammable
EPDM ber
TPO/ Thermoplastic Olefine/
80 (176) Same as above. Flammable
TPR Thermoplastic Rubber
Flammable, avoid bat-
PP Polypropylene 90 (194) Same as above.
tery acid.
UP Polyester thermoset 90 (194) Same as above. Flammable
PS Polystyrene 80 (176) Avoid solvents. Flammable
Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene
ABS 80 (176) Avoid gasoline and solvents.
resin
AES Acrylonitrile Ethylene Styrene 80 (176) Same as above.
PMMA Polymethyl Methacrylate 85 (185) Same as above.
AAS Acrylonitrile Acrylic Styrene 85 (185) Same as above.
AS Acrylonitrile Styrene 85 (185) Same as above.
EVA Polyvinyl Ethyl Acetate 90 (194) Same as above.
ASA Acrylonitrile Styrene Acrylate 100 (222) Same as above. Flammable
PPO/ Polyphenylene Oxide/
110 (230) Same as above.
PPE Polyphenylene Ether
PC Polycarbonate 120 (248) Same as above.
PAR Polyacrylate 180 (356) Same as above.
L- Gasoline and most solvents are
Lenear Low Density PE 45 (100) Flammable
LDPE harmless.
PUR Polyurethane 90 (194) Same as above.
TPU Thermoplastic Urethane 110 (230) Same as above.
PPC Polypropylene Composite 115 (239) Same as above. Flammable
POM Polyacetal 120 (248) Same as above. Avoid battery acid.
PBT+P Polybutylene Terephtha-
120 (248) Same as above. Flammable
C late+Polycarbonate
Avoid immersing in wa-
PA Polyamide (Nylon) 140 (284) Same as above.
ter.
PBT Polybutylene Terephthalate 140 (284) Same as above.
FRP Fiber Reinforced Plastics 170 (338) Same as above. Avoid battery acid.
PET Polyethylene Terephthalate 180 (356) Same as above.
PEI Polyetherimide 200 (392) Same as above.
1. When repairing and painting a portion of the body adjacent to plastic parts, consider their characteristics
(influence of heat and solvent) and remove them if necessary or take suitable measures to protect them.
2. Plastic parts should be repaired and painted using methods suiting the materials, characteristics.
LOCATION OF PLASTIC PARTS

Revision: May 2007 BL-262 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Exterior, Hatchback
A

BL

LIIA2587E

Revision: May 2007 BL-263 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Exterior, Sedan

LIIA2889E

Revision: May 2007 BL-264 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
Interior
A

H
LIIA2588E

Precaution in Repairing High Strength Steel INFOID:0000000001704125

BL
High strength steel is used for body panels in order to reduce vehicle weight.
Accordingly, precautions in repairing automotive bodies made of high strength steel are described below:
HIGH STRENGTH STEEL (HSS) USED IN NISSAN VEHICLES J

Tensile strength Nissan/Infiniti designation Major applicable parts


• Front & rear side member assembly K
• Front side member closing plate assembly
373 N/mm2 • Front strut housing
SP130
(38kg/mm2 ,54klb/sq in) • Lower dash
• Rear seat crossmember L
• Other reinforcements
• Center pillar reinforcement
785-1350 N/mm2 (Component part) M
SP150
(80-138kg/mm2 , 114-196klb/sq in) • Outer roof side rail reinforcement
(Component part)
SP130 is the most commonly used HSS.
N
SP150 HSS is used only on parts that require much more strength.

Read the Following Precautions When Repairing HSS:


1. Additional points to consider O

Revision: May 2007 BL-265 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• The repair of reinforcements (such as side members) by heat-
ing is not recommended since it may weaken the component.
When heating is unavoidable, do not heat HSS parts above
550°C (1,022°F).
Verify heating temperature with a thermometer.
(Crayon-type and other similar type thermometer are appropri-
ate.)

PIIA0115E

• When straightening body panels, use caution in pulling any


HSS panel. Because HSS is very strong, pulling may cause
deformation in adjacent portions of the body. In this case,
increase the number of measuring points, and carefully pull
the HSS panel.

PIIA0116E

• When cutting HSS panels, avoid gas (torch) cutting if possible.


Instead, use a saw to avoid weakening surrounding areas due
to heat. If gas (torch) cutting is unavoidable, allow a minimum
margin of 50 mm (1.97in).

PIIA0117E

• When welding HSS panels, use spot welding whenever possi-


ble in order to minimize weakening surrounding areas due to
heat.
If spot welding is impossible, use M.I.G. welding. Do not use
gas (torch) welding because it is inferior in welding strength.

PIIA0144E

Revision: May 2007 BL-266 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• The spot weld on HSS panels is harder than that of an ordi-
nary steel panel. A
Therefore, when cutting spot welds on a HSS panel, use a low
speed high torque drill (1,000 to 1,200 rpm) to increase drill bit
durability and facilitate the operation.
B

PIIA0145E

D
2. Precautions in spot welding HSS
This work should be performed under standard working condi-
tions. Always note the following when spot welding HSS:
E
• The electrode tip diameter must be sized properly according to
the metal thickness.

G
PIIA0146E

• The panel surfaces must fit flush to each other, leaving no H


gaps.

BL

PIIA0147E K

• Follow the specifications for the proper welding pitch.


Unit: mm L
Thickness (t) Minimum pitch ( )
0.6 (0.024) 10 (0.39) or over
M
0.8 (0.031) 12 (0.47) or over
1.0 (0.039) 18 (0.71) or over
1.2 (0.047) 20 (0.79) or over
1.6 (0.063) 27 (1.06) or over N
1.8 (0.071) 31 (1.22) or over
PIIA0148E

O
Rear fender hemming process
1. A wheel arch is to be installed and hemmed over left and right outer wheel house.
2. In order to hem the wheel arch, it is necessary to repair any damaged or defaced parts around outer
wheel house. P
CAUTION:
Ensure that the area that is to be glued around outer wheelhouse is undamaged or defaced.

Procedure of the hemming process

Revision: May 2007 BL-267 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Peel off old bonding material on the surface of outer wheelhouse
and clean thoroughly.
• Peel off a primer coat in the specified area where new adhesive is
to be applied on rear fender (the replacing part).
• Apply new adhesive to both specified areas of outer wheelhouse
and rear fender.

<Adhesive> 3M automix panel bond 8115,


or any equivalents
• Attach rear fender to the body of the car, and weld the required
part except the hemming part. SIIA2244E

• Bend the welded part starting from the center of the wheel arch
gradually with a hammer and a dolly. (Also hem the end of the
flange.)
• Hemming with a hammer is conducted to an approximate angle of
80 degrees.

SIIA2245E

• Starting from the center, hem the wheel arch gradually, using slight
back and forth motion with a hemming tool.

SIIA2246E

• Seal up the area around the hemmed end of the flange.

SIIA2247E

Foam Repair INFOID:0000000001704126

During factory body assembly, foam insulators are installed in certain body panels and locations around the
vehicle. Use the following procedure(s) to replace any factory-installed foam insulators.
URETHANE FOAM APPLICATIONS
Use commercially available spray foam for sealant (foam material) repair of material used on vehicle. Read
instructions on product for fill procedures.
FILL PROCEDURES
1. Fill procedures after installation of service part.

Revision: May 2007 BL-268 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
- Remove foam material remaining on vehicle side.
- Clean area in which foam was removed. A
- Install service part.
- Insert nozzle into hole near fill area and fill foam material or fill in enough to close gap with the service
part.
B

LIIA1081E

2. Fill procedures before installation of service part. E


- Remove foam material remaining on vehicle side.
- Clean area in which foam was removed.
- Fill foam material on wheelhouse outer side. F
NOTE:
Fill in enough to close gap with service part while avoiding flange
area.
- Install service part. G
NOTE:
Refer to label for information on working times.
H

LIIA1082E BL
Hatchback

Revision: May 2007 BL-269 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

LIIA2665E

1. Body side outer 2. Front pillar lower reinforcement 3. Body side insulation (foam) front pil-
lar
4. Roof panel assembly 5. Body side insulation (Foam) rear 6. Rear roof rail assembly
roof rail
7. Body side insulation strip, center pil- 8. Body side insulation strip, rear pillar 9. Body side insulation strip, rear pillar
lar lower upper

Sedan

Revision: May 2007 BL-270 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

BL

N
LIIA2891E

1. Body side outer 2. Front pillar lower reinforcement 3. Body side insulation (foam) front pil- O
lar
4. Parcel shelf 5. Body side insulation (Foam) rear pil- 6. Rear body side inner
lar
P
7. Body side insulation strip, center pil- 8. Body side insulation strip, rear pillar 9. Body side insulation (foam) roof side
lar lower

Replacement Operation INFOID:0000000001704127

DESCRIPTION

Revision: May 2007 BL-271 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
This section is prepared for technicians who have attained a high level of skill and experience in repairing col-
lision-damaged vehicles and also use modern service tools and equipment. Persons unfamiliar with body
repair techniques should not attempt to repair collision-damaged vehicles by using this section.

Technicians are also encouraged to read Body Repair Manual (Fundamentals) in order to ensure that the orig-
inal functions and quality of the vehicle can be maintained. The Body Repair Manual (Fundamentals) contains
additional information, including cautions and warnings, that are not including in this manual. Technicians
should refer to both manuals to ensure proper repairs.

Please note that this information is prepared for worldwide usage, and as such, certain procedures may not
apply in some regions or countries.

Revision: May 2007 BL-272 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
The symbols used in this section for cutting and welding / brazing operations are shown below.
A

BL

PIIA0149E

Revision: May 2007 BL-273 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >
• Front pillar butt joint can be determined anywhere within shaded
area as shown in the figure. The best location for the butt joint is at
position A due to the construction of the vehicle. Refer to the front
pillar section.

PIIA0150E

• Determine cutting position and record distance from the locating


indent. Use this distance when cutting the service part. Cut outer
front pillar over 60 mm above inner front pillar cut position.

PIIA0151E

• Prepare a cutting jig to make outer pillar easier to cut. Also, this will
permit service part to be accurately cut at joint position.

PIIA0152E

• An example of cutting operation using a cutting jig is as follows.


1. Mark cutting lines.
A: Cut position of outer pillar
B: Cut position of inner pillar
2. Align cutting line with notch on jig. Clamp jig to pillar.
3. Cut outer pillar along groove of jig. (At position A)
4. Remove jig and cut remaining portions.
5. Cut inner pillar at position B in same manner.

PIIA0153E

RADIATOR CORE SUPPORT


• Work after radiator core support upper and lower bolt on crossmembers have been removed.

Revision: May 2007 BL-274 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

BL

LIIA2892E

P
Change Parts
● Radiator core side support ● Radiator core support upper

HOODLEDGE LH
• Work after radiator core support upper and lower have been removed.

Revision: May 2007 BL-275 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

LIIA2893E

Change Parts
● Hoodledge reinforcement assembly ● Front strut housing ● Fender bracket
● Cowl top side upper ● Hoodledge upper ● Hoodledge connector

HOODLEDGE RH
• Work after radiator core support upper and lower have been removed.

Revision: May 2007 BL-276 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

BL

LIIA2894E

P
Change Parts
● Hoodledge reinforcement assembly ● Front strut housing ● Fender bracket
● Cowl top side upper ● Hoodledge upper ● Hoodledge connector

FRONT SIDE MEMBER


• Work after hoodledge and radiator core support have been removed.

Revision: May 2007 BL-277 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

LIIA2895E

Change parts
● Front side member ● Front side member closing plate ● Front side member outrigger
● Frame bracket outer

FRONT SIDE MEMBER PARTIAL


LH
• Work after radiator core support and hoodledge connector have been removed.

Revision: May 2007 BL-278 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

BL

WIIA1393E

P
Change parts
● Front side member partial ● Front side member closing plate par- ● Frame bracket outer
tial
● Frame bracket

RH
• Work after radiator core support and hoodledge connector have been removed.

Revision: May 2007 BL-279 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

LIIA2896E

Change parts
● Front side member partial ● Front side member closing plate par- ● Frame bracket outer
tial
● Frame bracket

OUTRIGGER

Revision: May 2007 BL-280 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

BL

LIIA2897E

P
Change parts
● Outrigger ● Front suspension bracket

FRONT PILLAR
• Work after the rear hoodledge reinforcement and the outer sill reinforcement have been removed.

Revision: May 2007 BL-281 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

LIIA2898E

Change parts
● Front pillar section of side body

Revision: May 2007 BL-282 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

BL

LIIA2899E

P
Change parts
● Front pillar upper reinforcement ● Front pillar lower reinforcement

Revision: May 2007 BL-283 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

LIIA2900E

Change parts
● Front pillar inner reinforcement

DASH SIDE
Work after front pillar and outer sill reinforcement have been removed.

Revision: May 2007 BL-284 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

BL

LIIA2901E

P
Change parts
● Dash side

CENTER PILLAR
Outer

Revision: May 2007 BL-285 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

LIIA2902E

Change parts
● Center pillar portion of side body ● Lower portion of center pillar rein-
forcement

Inner
Work after outer sill reinforcement has been removed.

Revision: May 2007 BL-286 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

BL

WIIA1394E

P
Change parts
● Inner center pillar

OUTER SILL

Revision: May 2007 BL-287 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

LIIA2903E

Change parts
● Outer sill

OUTER SILL REINFORCEMENT


• Work with front pillar lower reinforcement, inner center pillar, and outer sill removed.

Revision: May 2007 BL-288 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

BL

LIIA2904E

P
Change parts
● Outer sill reinforcement

REAR FENDER
Hatchback

Revision: May 2007 BL-289 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

WIIA1395E

Change parts
● Rear fender ● Rear fender corner ● Rear combination lamp base

Sedan

Revision: May 2007 BL-290 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

BL

LIIA2905E

P
Change parts
● Rear fender ● Rear fender corner ● Rear combination lamp base

REAR PANEL
Hatchback

Revision: May 2007 BL-291 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

WIIA1396E

Change parts
● Rear end crossmember ● Rear panel assembly ● Rear bumper fascia brackets

Sedan

Revision: May 2007 BL-292 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

BL

LIIA2906E

P
Change parts
● Rear end crossmember ● Rear panel assembly ● Rear bumper fascia brackets

REAR FLOOR REAR


• Work after rear panel assembly has been removed.
Hatchback

Revision: May 2007 BL-293 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

WIIA1397E

Change parts
● Rear floor rear

Sedan

Revision: May 2007 BL-294 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

BL

LIIA2907E

P
Change parts
● Rear floor rear

REAR SIDE MEMBER EXTENSION


Hatchback
• Work after rear panel assembly and rear floor rear have been removed.

Revision: May 2007 BL-295 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

WIIA1398E

Change parts
● Rear side member extension

Sedan

Revision: May 2007 BL-296 2008 Versa


BODY REPAIR
< SERVICE INFORMATION >

BL

LIIA2908E

P
Change parts
● Rear side member extension

Revision: May 2007 BL-297 2008 Versa

You might also like